Discourse Markers

ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, __A demonstrative Pronoun. __B in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. __C in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by Refs 2nd c.AD+ in Aeolic dialect accusative to Refs 8th c.BC+ genitive and dative dual τοῖιν Refs 8th c.BC+— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc., τόνς Refs; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, Refs; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), Refs; ταῖσι as demonstrative, Refs 7th c.BC+ Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in Lyric poetry, as Refs 5th c.BC+; but even in a trimeter, Refs 5th c.BC+ {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; in Refs 4th c.AD+ functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Refs 4th c.BC+ —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, Refs 3rd c.BC+ cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, ORefs 5th c.BC+ pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) __A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Refs 8th c.BC+ the commonest sense: frequently also in Refs 5th c.BC+, and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, Refs 4th c.BC+; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): __A.I joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, Refs; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, Refs; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, Refs; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, Refs:—different from this are cases Refs 8th c.BC+ if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare Refs __A.II frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Refs 8th c.BC+ —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below __A.IV before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, Refs 8th c.BC+ properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Refs 8th c.BC+: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Refs 8th c.BC+: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.2 when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Refs __A.VI.5 ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; by ἄλλος δέ, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Refs 8th c.BC+: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI.7 ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, Refs 8th c.BC+; also used by Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VI.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ.. οὔθ᾽ ὁ Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VII the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, __A.VII.1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς Refs 4th c.BC+ II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VII.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Refs 4th c.BC+; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Refs 6th c.BC+; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII absolutely usages of single cases, __A.VIII.1 feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Refs 8th c.BC+ —only poetry __A.VIII.1.c of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.1.e relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.2 neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.2.b thus, so, Refs 8th c.BC+ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.3 neuter accusative τό, wherefore, Refs 8th c.BC+; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is.., Refs 5th c.BC+; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare aboveRefs 5th c.BC+; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Refs 1st c.BC+ __A.VIII.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Refs 8th c.BC+; more frequently τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Refs several times.. and finally, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5 of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) Refs 6th c.BC+ from that time, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5.b πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VIII.5.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, Refs 3rd c.BC+ __A.VIII.6 ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) Refs 5th c.BC+; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Refs 2nd c.AD+ the greatest number of ships, Refs 5th c.BC+: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Refs 5th c.BC+: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Refs 1st c.BC+ __B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Refs 8th c.BC+ the demonstrative force can generally be traced, Refs 4th c.BC+ I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places Refs 8th c.BC+: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, Refs 8th c.BC+.; also in τῶν ἄλλων Refs; also τὸ τρίτονRefs; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,Refs—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. Refs 4th c.BC+ —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ __B.I not only with common Appellats., adjectives, and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.b omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} Refs III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare Θράσυλος in Refs; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, Refs 5th c.BC+; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in Refs when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Refs __B.I.d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., see at {καί} Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. __B.I.4 with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.5 in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Refs 5th c.BC+ the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Refs; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.6 before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.7 before Prons., __B.I.7.a before the person Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέRefs __B.I.7.b before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, Refs 5th c.BC+; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; Refs 4th c.BC+; τοῖς ποίοις..; Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.7.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, Refs 5th c.BC+; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.I.8 before ἅπας, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Refs 4th c.BC+ see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., see at {ἄλλος} Refs __B.I.9 the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II elliptic expressions: __B.II.1 before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) Refs 5th c.BC+: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of Refs 5th c.BC+; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Refs; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Refs; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, Refs; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, Refs 5th c.BC+ what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, Refs 5th c.BC+: and with genitive of Refs 5th c.BC+ is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, NT+5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 very frequently with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Refs 5th c.BC+; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Refs; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Refs; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Refs __B.II.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., see at {μά} IV. __B.II.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Refs; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in Refs 8th c.BC+: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Refs 7th c.BC+; τό Refs; τῶνRefs—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ Refs 8th c.BC+ __D CRASIS OF ARTICLE: __D.a Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. __D.b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Refs 3rd c.BC+; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Refs 1st c.AD+

I. אֵת with makk. אֶת־, with suff. אֹתִי; אֹֽתְךָ, אֹֽתְכָה †Nu 22:33, אֹתָ֑ךְ, אֹתָ֑כָה †Ex 29:35, fem. אֹתָךְ; אֹתוֹ etc.; 2 pl. אֶתְכֶם, once אֽוֹתְכֶם Jos 23:15; 3 mpl. regularly אֹתָם, rarely אֶתְהֶם †Gn 32:1; Ex 18:20; Nu 21:3; Ez 34:12; 1 Ch 6:50, once אֽוֹתְהֶם Ez 23:45; 3 fpl., on the contrary, regularly אֶתְהֶן (13 times), once אֹתָ֑ן Ez 16:54 (also אֽוֹתְהֶן Ez 23:47, אֹתָ֖נָה Ex 35:26, אוֹתָ֖נָה Ez 34:21); forms with cholem also often written plene:—the mark of the accusative, prefixed as a rule only to nouns that are definite (Moab. id., Ph. אית i.e. אִיַּת (Schröd p. 213 f.); Aramaic יָת freq. in 𝔗; Syriac ܝܳܬ very rare as mark of accus. (for which ܠ is prefered), but used often in the sense of substance οὐσία, also in that of self, e.g. ܒܝܳܬܶܗ per se, reapse, ܠܝܳܬܶܗ sibi ipsi, PS 1640 f., Sam. ࠉࠕ; Arabic إِيَّا, only used with sf., when it is desired to emphasize the pronoun, e.g. Qor 1:4 WAG i. § 189. [Ethiopic uses ኪያ kīyā similarly, Di § 150 a; but it is dub. if this is etymologically akin.] The primitive form will have been ’iwyath, orig. a subst. with foll. gen., Ol p. 432; whether ultim. a parallel development with אוֹת sign from √ אוה is uncertain: Ol WAG i. § 188 LagM i. 226 affirm, NöZMG 1886, 738 doubts. In Heb. the ground-form is אוֹת; the forms with ē, e being abbreviated. In postB Heb., used in combination with another prep.: thus בְּאוֹתוֹ הַיּוֹם = Bibl. בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא, בְּאוֹתָהּ הַשָּׁעָה; or as a nomin., e.g. אוֹתוֹ הָאִישׁ = Bibl. הָאִישׁ הַהוּא). 1. As mark of the accus. prefixed to substs. defined either by the art. (or כֹּל), or by a genitive or pron. affix, or in virtue of being proper names: a. with transitive verbs, Gn 1:1, 16, 29, 30; 2:11; 4:1, 2; 9:3 (אֶת־כֹּֽל׃) etc. Similarly אֶת־מִי whom (in particular), Jos 24:15; 1 S 12:3; 28:11; Is 6:8 al. (but never אֶת־מָה); also with זֶה Gn 29:33; 44:29; 1 S 21:16; 1 K 22:27 +, זֹאת Gn 29:27; 2 S 13:17 +, אֵלֶּה Gn 46:18; Lv 11:22; Is 49:21 +. So pretty uniformly in prose; but in poetry את is commonly dispensed with. By the use of את with the pron. affix, a pron. can at once, if required, be placed in a position of emphasis; let the order of words from this point of view be carefully noticed in the foll. passages: Gn 7:1; 24:14; 37:4; Lv 10:17; 11:33; Nu 22:23 thee I had slain, and her I had kept alive (cf. Gn 41:13), Dt 4:14; 6:13, 23; 13:5; Ju 14:3 אוֹתָהּ קַח לִי take for me her, 1 S 14:35; 15:1; 18:17; 21:10 אִם־אֹתָהּ תִּקַּח־לְךָ קָ֔ח if thou wilt take that, take it, 1 K 1:35; 14:19; Is 43:22; 57:11 Je 9:2. So הַאוֹתִי †Je 5:22; 7:19. It also sometimes enables the reflexive sense to be expressed (elsewhere נַפְשָׁם) Je 7:19 Ez 34:2. Rarely with a subst. which is undefined (Ew§ 277 d 2 Ges§ 117, 1 R. 2), as Ex 21:28; Nu 21:9; Lv 20:14; 1 S 24:6 (but v. Dr) 2 S 4:11; 18:18; 23:21; or which, though definite, is without the art., Gn 21:30; 2 S 15:16; Lv 26:5; 1 S 9:3 (so Nu 16:15) Is 33:19; 41:7; Ez 43:10 (for further exx. v. Ew l.c.) b. with a passive verb (Ges§ 121.1 Ew§ 295 b) conceived as expressing neutrally the action in question, and construed accordingly with an accus. of that which is its real object: exx. occur with tolerable frequency from Gn 4:18 (J) וַיִּקָּרֵא אֶת־שְׁמוֹ חֲנֹךְ, and there was called (= one called) his name Enoch,17:5 (P) there shall not be called (= one shall not call) thy name any more Abram, 21:5 (E), 27:42 2 S 21:11; 1 K 18:13; Ho 10:6 etc., to Je 35:14; 38:4; 50:20 Ez 16:4, 5 Est 2:13 (cf. DrJPhl. xi. 227 f.): also with pass. vbs. of filling (Ew§ 281 b), as Ex 1:7 +. c. with neuter verbs or expressions, especially such as involve the idea of regarding, or treating, appy. by a constr. κατὰ σύνε��ιν (rare), Jos 22:17; 2 S 11:25; Ne 9:32 (cf. 1 S 20:13 Dr 1 K 8:31). Once after אֵין, Hg 2:17 אֵין אֶתְכֶם אֵלַי. d. poet. (si vera l.), after an abstr. noun used with a verbal force, †Hb 3:13 (Am 4:11; Is 13:19; Je 50:40 מַהְפֵּכָה exerts a verbal force, like the Arabic nom. verbi [v. WAG i. § 196, 43]; and Nu 10:2; Ez 17:9 לְמַסַּע, לְמַשְׂאוֹת are Aramaizing infinitives: cf. Ew§ 239 a). 2. את marks an accus. in other relations than that of direct obj. to a verb: a. with verbs of motion (very rare) Nu 13:17; Dt 1:19; 2:7 (to ‘walk the wilderness’); denoting the goal Ju 19:18; Ez 21:25 (Ew§ 281 d, n., 282 a 1). b. denoting time (duration), also very rare: Ex 13:7 Lv 25:22 Dt 9:25. c. expressing the accus. of limitation (rare): Gn 17:11, 14; 1 K 15:23. 3. Chiefly in an inferior or later style, אֵת (or וְאֵת) is used irregularly, partly (α), as it would seem, to give greater definiteness (so especially וְאֵת) at the mention of a new subject (when it may sometimes be renderes as regards), or through the influence of a neighbouring verb (a cstr. κατὰ σύνεσιν), or by an anacoluthon, partly (β) as resuming loosely some other prep. Thus (α) Ex 1:14; Nu 3:26, 46; 5:10 (with הָיָה: so Ez 35:10) Nu 18:21b Dt 11:2 (anacol.), 14:13 Jos 17:11; Ju 20:44, 46 (contr. v 25, 35) 1 S 17:34 (v. Dr) 26:16; 2 S 21:22; 2 K 6:5; Is 53:8 (prob.), 57:12; Je 23:33 (but read rather with 𝔊 𝔙 אַתֶּם הַמַּשָּׂא) 27:8; 36:22; 38:16 Kt, 45:4b Ez 16:22; 17:21; 20:16; 29:4b; 43:7 (𝔊 Co prefix הֲרָאִיתָ) 44:3; Zc 8:17; Ec 4:3; Dn 9:13; Ne 9:19, 34; 1 Ch 2:9; 2 Ch 31:17. In 1 S 30:23; Hg 2:5 prob. some such word as remember is to be understood. (β) Je 38:9; Ez 14:22b; 37:19b Zc 12:10; סָבִיב אֵת 1 K 6:5; Ez 43:17 strangely (in 1 K 𝔊 om. the clause: so StaZAW 1883, 135).—In 1 K 11:1 וְ is merely and also, and especially (v. וְ); v 25 is corrupt (read with 𝔊 זֹאת הָרָעָה אֲשֶׁר עָשָׂה הֲדָד); Ez 47:17, 18, 19 read similarly for ואת, זֹאת: see v 20.—For some particulars as to the use of את, see A. M. WilsonHbr. vi. 139 ff. 212 ff. (who, however, confuses it sometimes with II. אֵת). For denoting the pron. obj. of a vb., את with suff. preponderates relatively much above the verbal affix in P, as compared with JE Dt Ju S K (v. GiesebrechtZAW 1881, 285 f.),—partly, probably, on account of the greater distinctness and precision which P loves.

καί, conjunction, copulative, joining words and sentences, __A and; also adverb, even, also, just, frequently expressing emphatic assertion or assent, corresponding as positive to the negative οὐ (μή) or οὐδέ (μηδέ). copulative, and, __A.I joining words or sentences to those preceding, ἦ, καὶ κυανέῃσιν ἐπ᾽ ὀφρύσινεῦσε Κρονίων Refs 8th c.BC+: repeated with two or more Nouns, αἱ δὲ ἔλαφοι κ. δορκάδες κ. οἱ ἄγριοι οἶες κ. οἱ ὄνοι οἱ ἄγριοι Refs 5th c.BC+; joining only the last pair, Refs 4th c.BC+; ὁ ὄχλος πλείων κ. πλείων ἐπέρρει more and more, Refs 5th c.BC+; to add epithets after πολύς, πολλὰ κ. ἐσθλά Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.2 to addalimiting or defining expression, πρὸς μακρὸν ὄρος κ. Κύνθιον ὄχθον to the mountain and specially to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ (sometimes in reverse order, πρὸς δῶμα Διὸς κ. μακρὸν Ὄλυμπον Refs 8th c.BC+; to add by way of climax, θεῶν.. κ. Ποσειδῶνος all the gods, and above all.. , Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently ἄλλοι τε καί.., ἄλλως τε καί.., see at {ἄλλος} Refs; ὀλίγου τινὸς ἄξια κ. οὐδενός little or nothing, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. ταῦτα and this too.. , γελᾶν ἀναπείθειν, κ. ταῦθ᾽ οὕτω πολέμιον ὄντα τῷ γέλωτι Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II at the beginning of a sentence, __A.II.1 in appeals or requests, καί μοι δὸς τὴν Χεῖρα Refs 8th c.BC+; καί μοι λέγε.., καί μοι ἀπόκριναι.., Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in Oratt., καί μοι λέγε.. τὸ ψήφισμα, καί μοι ἀνάγνωθι.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2 in questions, to introduce an objection or express surprise, κ. τίς τόδ᾽ ἐξίκοιτ᾽ ἂν ἀγγέλων τάχο; Refs 4th c.BC+; κ. πῶς..; pray how..? Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. δὴ τί..; but then what..? Refs; κ. ποῖον..; Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. τίς εἶδε πώποτε βοῦς κριβανίτα; Refs 5th c.BC+; κἄπειτ᾽ ἔκανε; Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. τίς πώποτε Χαριζόμενος ἑτέρῳ τοῦτο εἰργάσατ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3 ={καίτοι}, and yet, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 at the beginning of a speech, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III after words implying sameness or like ness, as, γνώμῃσι ἐχρέωντο ὁμοίῃσι κ. σύ they had the same opinion as you, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἴσον or ἴσα κ..., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐν ἴσῳ (i.e. ἐστὶ) κ. εἰ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.2 after words implying comparison or opposition, αἱ δαπάναι οὐχ ὁμοίως κ. πρίν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.3 to express simultaneity, ἦν ἦμαρ δεύτερον.., κἀγὼ κατηγόμην Refs 5th c.BC+; παρέρχονταί τε μέσαι νύκτες κ. ψύχεται [τὸ ὕδωρ] Refs 5th c.BC+; [οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι] οὐκ ἔφθασαν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατασχόντες κ. Θηβαίοις εὐθὺς ἐπεβούλευσαν Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV joining an affirmative clause with a negative, ἀλλ᾽ ὥς τι δράσων εἷρπε κοὐ θανούμενος Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.V καί.., καί.. correlative, not only.., but also.. , κ. ἀεὶ κ. νῦν, κ. τότε κ. νῦν, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.VI by anacoluthon, ὣς φαμένη κ. κερδοσύνῃ ἡγήσατ᾽ Ἀθήνη, for ὣς ἔφη κ..., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔρχεται δὲ αὐτή τε.. κ. τὸν υἱὸν ἔχουσα, for κ. ὁ υἱός, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B even, also, just, __B.1 τάχα κεν κ. ἀναίτιον αἰτιόῳτο even the innocent, Refs 8th c.BC+; δόμεναι κ. μεῖζον ἄεθλον an even greater prize, Refsfull five,Refs 5th c.BC+ two or three, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 also, κ. ἐγώ I also, Refs 8th c.BC+; κ. αὐτοί they also, Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἀγίας καὶ Σωκράτης κ. τούτω ἀπεθανέτην likewise died, Refs; in adding surnames, etc., Ὦχος ὁ κ. Δαρειαῖος Refs 5th c.BC+; nominative ὁ κ. first in Refs 1st c.BC+, frequently later, Refs 2nd c.AD+, etc.; Ἰούδας ὁ κ. Μακκαβαῖος NT+8th c.BC+; εἴπερ τι κ. ἄλλο, ὥς τις κ. ἄλλος, Refs 5th c.BC+, not only.., but also.. , see at {μόνος}; οὐδὲν μᾶλλον.. ἢ οὐ καὶ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2.b frequently used both in the antecedent and relative clause, where we put also in the antecedent only, εἰ μὲν κ. σὺ εἶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὧνπερ κ. ἐγώ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 frequently in apodosi, after temporal Conjs., ἀλλ᾽ ὅτε δή ῥα.., κ. τότε δή.. Refs 8th c.BC+; also after εἰ, Refs 8th c.BC+: as a Hebraism, κ. ἐγένετο.. κ... LXX+NT __B.4 with Advs., to give emphasis, κ. κάρτα Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. λίην full surely, Refs 8th c.BC+; κ. πάλαι, κ. πάνυ, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. μάλα, κ. σφόδρα, in answers, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.5 with words expressing a minimum, even so much as, were it but, just, ἱέμενος κ. καπνὸν ἀποθρῴσκοντα νοῆσαι Refs 8th c.BC+; οἷς ἡδὺ κ. λέγειν Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς δὲ κ. προσβλέψετα; who will so much as look at you? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 just, τοῦτ᾽ αὐτὸ κ. νοσοῦμεν 'tis just that that ails me, Refs 5th c.BC+: frequently with a relative, τὸ κ. κλαίουσα τέτηκα Refs 8th c.BC+; and how long ago was the city sacked? Refs 4th c.BC+; ποῦ καί σφε θάπτε; where is he burying her? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.7 even, just, implying assent, ἔπειτά με κ. λίποι αἰών thereafter let life e'en leave me, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.8 κ. εἰ even if, of a whole condition represented as an extreme case, opposed to εἰ κ. although, notwithstanding that, of a condition represented as immaterial even if fulfilled,Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ κ. ἠπιστάμην if I had been able, Refs 5th c.BC+ each exert their force separtely, as εἴ περ ἀδειής τ᾽ ἐστί, καὶ εἰ.. and if.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.9 before a Participle, to represent either καὶ εἰ.., or εἰ καί.., although, albeit, Ἕκτορα κ. μεμαῶτα μάχης σχήσεσθαι ὀΐω, for ἢν κ. μεμάῃ, how much soever he rage, although he rage, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C Position: καί and, is by Poets sometimes put after another word, ἔγνωκα, τοῖσδε κοὐδὲν ἀντειπεῖν ἔχω, for καὶ τοῖσδε οὐδέν Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.2 καί also, sometimes goes between a preposition and its case, ἐν κ. θαλάσσᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.3 very seldom at the end of a verse, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D crasis: with ᾰ, as κἄν, κἀγαθοί, etc.; with ε, as κἀγώ, κἄπειτα, etc., Doric dialect κἠγώ, κἤπειτα, etc.; with η, as Χἠ, Χἠμέρη, Χἠμεῖς, etc.; with ῐ in Χἰκετεύετε, Χἰλαρ; with ο, as Χὠ, Χὤστις, etc.; with υ in Χὐμεῖς, Χὐποχείριον, etc.; with ω in the pronoun ᾧ, Χ; with αι, as κᾀσχρῶ; with αυ, as καὐτό; with ει, as κεἰ, κεἰς (but also κἀς), κᾆτ; with εὐ-, as κεὐγένεια, κεὐσταλή; with οι in Χοἰ (Χᾠ Refs; with ου in Χοὖτος, κοὐ, κοὐδέ, and the like.

—

I. כִּי conj. that, for, when (Moab. id.: Ph. כ. Prob. from the same demonstr. basis found in ܟܳܐ here, and in certain pronouns, as Aramaic דֵּךְ this (WSG 110 f.); perhaps also ultim. akin with كَىْ that, in order that, and ܟܰܝ then, enclit., like Lat. nam in quisnam?)— 1. that (ὅτι, Germ. dass): a. prefixed to sentences depending on an active verb, and occupying to it the place of an accus.: so constantly, after vbs. of seeing, as Gn 1:10 וַיַּרְא אֱלֹהִים כִּי טוֹב and God saw that it was good, 3:6; 6:2, 5; 12:14 + often, hearing 14:14; 29:33, knowing 22:12; 24:14, telling 3:11; 12:18, repenting 6:6, 7, swearing Gn 22:16 Je 22:5, believing Ex 4:5 La 4:12, remembering ψ 78:35, forgetting Jb 39:15; אָמַר = command (late; in early Heb. the words said are quoted) Jb 36:10, 24) זְכֹר in a command) 37:20b 1 Ch 21:18 (contrast 2 S 24:18) etc.; טוֹב כּי it is good that … 2 S 18:3 + (v. p. 374b: usually the inf. c., as Gn 2:18; v. ibid.); Gn 37:26 מַה־בֶּצַע כִּי נַהֲרֹג what profit that we should slay (impf.) …? Mal 3:14 what profit כִּי שָׁמַרְנוּ that we have kept (pf.) …? Jb 22:3 הַחֵפֶץ לְשַׁדַּי כִּי is it pleasure to Shaddai that …? after a pron., as ψ 41:12 by this I know that thou hast pleasure in me, that my enemy cannot triumph over me, 42:5 these things will I remember … that (or how) I used to go, etc., 56:10 this I know that god is for me, Jb 13:16 (הוא). And with כִּי repeated pleon. after an intervening clause 2 S 19:7 Je 26:15 +; כִּי … וְכִי Gn 3:6; 29:12 Ex 4:31 Jos 2:9; 8:21; 10:1 1 S 31:7 2 S 5:12 1 K 11:21 Je 40:7, 11; לֵאמֹר … וְכִי Gn 45:26 Ju 10:10. b. כִּי often introduces the direct narration (like ܕ, أَنْ, and the Gk. ὅτι recitativum, e.g. Luke 4:21), in which case it cannot be represented in English (except by inverted commas), Gn 21:30; 29:33 and she said, כִּי שׁמע י׳ Yahweh hath heard, etc.; Ex 3:12 = Ju 6:16 and he said, כִּי אֶהְיֶה עִמָּ֑ךְ I will be with thee, Jos 2:24 1 S 2:16 (v. Dr) 10:19 and ye have said to him, כִּי מֶלֶךְ תָּשִׂים עָלֵינוּ Thou shalt set a king over us, 2 S 11:23 1 K 1:13; 20:5 Ru 1:10, cf. 2:21 (but in reply to a qu. כִּי may = because, v. sub 3; and so also in sentences giving the expl. of a proper name, Gn 26:22; 29:32 (but De surely: v. infr.), Ex 2:10 (cf. Gn 4:25; 41:51, 52); in כִּי מָה, introducing an expostulation, 1 S 29:8 1 K 11:22 2 K 8:13, it gives the reason for a suppressed ‘Why do you say this?’). c. especially after an oath חַי אָ֫נִי, חַי י׳ etc., introducing the fact sworn to, Gn 42:16 by the life of Pharaoh, כִּי מְרַגְּלִים אַתֶּם (I say) that ye are spies; but through Heb. usage prob. gave it an asseverative force, Engl. idiom does not require it to be expressed: Nu 14:22 1 S 20:3 as י׳ liveth, כִּי כִפֶשַׂע בֵּינִי וּבֵין הַמָּוֶת there is but a step between me and death! 26:16; 29:6 Is 49:18 +; 1 S 14:44 כֹּה־יַעֲשֶׂה אֱלֹהִים וְכֹה יוֹסִיף כִּי מוֹת תָּמוּת thus may God do and more also: thou shalt surely die! 2 S 3:35 1 K 2:23 Ru 1:17 al.—Note that כִּי when thus used is often repeated after an intervening clause, in order that its force may be fully preserved: Gn 22:16f. 1 S 14:39 כִּי מוֹת יָמוּת (אִם־יֶשְׁנוֹ בְּיוֹנָתָן בְּנִי) חַי י׳ כִּי 25:34 2 S 2:27 כִּי אָז וג׳ (לוּלֵא דִּבַּרְתָּ) כִּי, 3:9; 15:21 Qr 1 K 1:30 Je 22:24. d. כִּי is used sometimes with advs. and interjs. to add force or distinctness to the affirmation which follows: (a) so especially in אַף כִּי (v. אַף); †הֲכִי is it that …? (as a neutral interrrog.) 2 S 9:1, (expecting a neg. answer) Gn 29:15 is it that thou art my brother, and shalt (therefore) serve me for nothing? Jb 6:22 is it that I have said, Give unto me? expressing surprise Gn 27:36 is it that he is called Jacob, and has (hence) supplanted me twice? 2 S 23:19 an affirm. answer is required (wh. would imply הֲלֹא כִי): read prob. with the ‖ 1 Ch 11:25 הִנּוֹ behold, he, etc.; †אִם־לֹא כִּי Dt 32:30 were it not that …; †אָמְנָם כִּי Jb 12:2 of a truth (is it) that ye are the people, etc.; †אַךְ כִּי 1 S 8:9; אֶפֶס כִּי Nu 13:28 +; גַּם כִּי †Ru 2:21; †הֲלֹא כִי 1 S 10:1 (but v. 𝔊 Dr), 2 S 13:28; †הִנֵּה כִי ψ 128:4; cf. ψ 118:10–12 בְּשֵׁם י׳ כִּי אֲמִילַֽם in the name of י׳ (is it) that—or (I say) that—I will mow them down; Jb 39:27 doth the vulture mount up at thy command, וְכִי יָרִים קִנּוֹ and (is it) that it (so) makes high its nest? Is 36:19 have the gods of the nations delivered each his land etc.? … וְכִי הִצִּילוּ i.e. (Hi) and (is it) that they have delivered Samaria out of my hand? > (Ew§ 354 c De Di) and that they have delivered Samaria out of my hand! = how much less (אַף כִּי) have they, etc.! (‖ 2 K 18:34 כִּי alone, perhaps conformed by error to v 35; 2 Ch 32:15 אַף כִּי, which however does not decide the sense of the orig. וְכִי). 1 Ch 29:14 וְכִי מִי read ומי or כי מי. (b) in introducing the apodosis, especially in כִּי עַתָּה (chiefly after לוּלֵא) indeed then …, Gn 31:42; 43:10 for unless we had tarried כִּי עַתָּה שַׁבְנוּ surely then we had returned twice, Nu 22:23 (read לוּלֵי for אוּלַי); so 1 S 14:30 𝔊 (after לוּא), and 13:13 Hi We (לֻא for לֹא); after אִם Jb 8:6 surely then he will awake over thee, etc. (But elsewhere כִּי עַתָּה is simply for now, Gn 29:32 Jb 7:21 +; or for then = for in that case, Ex 9:15 Nu 22:29 Jb 3:13; 6:3 +). It is dub. whether כִּי אָז has the same sense: for 2 S 2:27; 19:7 the כִּי in כִּי אָז may be merely resumptive of the כִּי recitat. preceding (vid. a, c). Rare otherwise: Ex 22:22 if thou afflict him כִּי אִם־צָעֹק יִצְעַק ’tis that (= indeed), if he cries unto me, I will hear him, Is 7:9 if ye believe not כִּי לֹא תֵאָמֵֽנוּ ׃ indeed ye will not be established. e. there seem also to be other cases in which כִּי, standing alone, has an intensive force, introducing a statement with emph., yea, surely, certainly (Germ. ja—a lighter particle than these Engl. words): see in EVV Gn 22:17 Ex 18:11 Nu 23:23 1 S 17:25; 20:26 2 K 23:22 Is 32:13; 60:9 Je 22:22; 31:19 Ho 6:9; 8:6; 9:12; 10:3 Am 3:7 ψ 76:11; 77:12 (Ew Che), Pr 30:2 (but not if construed as RVm), Ec 4:16; 7:7, 20 Jb 28:1 +; La 3:22 (𝔖 𝔗 Ew Th Öt) the mercies of י׳, surely they are not consumed (read prob. תַמּוּ or תָֽמְמוּ for תמנו), Ru 3:12 כִּי אָמְנָם yea, indeed. But it is doubtful whether כִּי has this force in all the passages for which scholars have had recourse to it, and whether in some it is not simply = for. De Pr 30:1 would restrict the usage to cases in which a suppressed clause may be understood. f. that, expressing consecution, especially after a question implying surprise or deprecation: sq. perf., Gn 20:9 what have I sinned against thee כִּי הֵבֵאתָ עָלַי that thou hast brought on me? 1 S 17:26; 22:8 Is 22:1 what aileth thee, that thou art gone up, etc.? v 16 36:5; 52:5 Mic 4:9 Hb 2:18; sq. ptcp. Ju 14:3 1 S 20:1 1 K 18:9 how have I sinned that thou art giving, etc.? 2 K 5:7 Ez 24:19; usually sq. impf. Ex 3:11 who am I כִּי אֵלֵךְ that I should go, etc.? 16:7 Ju 8:6; 9:28; 2 K 8:13 Is 7:13; 29:16 (also pf.), ψ 8:5 what is man כִּי תִזְכְּרֶנּוּ? Jb 3:12 or why the breasts כִּי אִינָקֽ ׃ that I should suck? 6:11 מַה־כֹּחִי כִּי אֲיַחֵל, 7:12, 17; 10:5f.; 13:25f; 15:12f. 14; 16:3; 21:15 +; after a neg., Gn 40:15 here also I have done nothing כִּי שָׂמוּ that they should have placed me in the dungeon, ψ 44:19f. our heart has not turned backward, etc. כִּי דִכִּיתָנוּ that thou shouldst have crushed us, etc., Is 43:22 not me hast thou called on, כִּי יָגַעְתָּ בִּי that thou shouldst have wearied thyself with me, Ho 1:6 (v. RV), Jb 41:2 Ru 1:12 I am too old to have an husband כִּי אָמַרְתָּי that I should have said, etc. (cf. Ew§337a; Dr§ 39 δ). g. added to preps. כִּי converts them, like אֲשֶׁר, into conjs. …, as יַעַן כִּי because that …: v. sub יַעַן" dir="rtl" >יַעַן, עַד³" dir="rtl" >עַד, עַל" dir="rtl" >עַל, עֵ֫קֶב" dir="rtl" >עֵקֶב, תַּ֫חַת²" dir="rtl" >תַּחַת. 2. a. Of time, when, of the past וַיְהִי כִּי Gn 6:1 (cf. BuUrg. 6), 26:8; 27:1 2 S 6:13; 7:1; 19:26 + (כַּאֲשֶׁר, and especially כְּ c. inf., are more freq.); וְהָיָה כִּי (simple וְ) 1 S 1:12; 17:48; Jos 22:7 Ju 2:18; 12:5 והיה כי יאמרו and it would be, whenever (freq.) they said, Je 44:19 (ptcp.), Ho 11:1 ψ 32:3 כי החרשׁתר when I was silent, Jb 31:21, 26, 29; of present (usually with impf.) as Ex 18:16 כִּי יִהְיֶה לָהֶם דָּבָר when they have a matter, 1 S 24:20 Is 1:12; 30:21 Je 14:12 Zc 7:5, 6 Mal 1:8 ψ 49:19 and men praise thee כִּי תֵיטִיב לָ֑ךְ when thou doest well to thyself, 102:1; 127:5 +, with pf. Ez 3:19–21; 33:9 Pr 11:15; 23:22; especially of future, as Gn 4:12 כִּי תַעֲבֹד אֶת־הָאֲדָמָה when thou shalt till the ground it shall not, etc., 24:41; 30:33; 31:49; 32:18 Ex 7:9 when Pharaoh shall speak unto you, Dt 4:25; 6:20 +; in phrase (תֹּאמַר וג׳) וְכִי תֹּאמְרוּ Lv 25:20 Dt 18:21 Is 8:19; 36:7 Je 13:22; and especially in וְהָיָה כִּי … Gn 12:12; 46:33 Dt 6:10; 15:16 1 S 10:7; 25:30 Is 8:21; 10:12 + often; with pf. Is 16:12 1 Ch 17:11 (altered from impf. 2 S 7:12); with ptcp. (unusual) Nu 33:51; 34:2 Dt 11:31; 18:9. b. elsewhere כִּי has a force approximating to if, though it usually represents a case as more likely to occur than אִם:—(mostly with impf.) Gn 38:16 Nu 5:10; 10:32 Dt 6:25; 7:17; 28:2, 13 1 S 20:13 2 S 19:8 2 K 4:29; 18:22 Je 38:15 Pr 4:8 Jb 7:13 (כי אמרתי when I say), 19:28; often in laws, as Ex 21:14, 33, 35, 37; 22:4, 5 etc., Dt 13:13; 14:24; 15:7, 12; 17:2; 18:6, 21 etc.; sometimes, in particular, to state a principle broadly, after which special cases are introduced by אִם, as Ex 21:2 when (כִּי) thou buyest a Hebrew servant, he shall serve thee six years, after which v 3–5 follow four special cases with אִם if: so 21:7 (כי), v 8–11 (אם); v 18 (כי), v 19 (אם); v 20 (כי), v 21 (אם); v 22 f. 28–32; Lv 1:2 (כי), v 3, 10 (אם) 4:2, 3, 13, 27, 32; 13:2 ff. Nu 30:3 ff. +; though this distinction is not uniformly observed, contrast e.g. Ex 21:5 with Dt 15:16; Nu 5:19 and v 20.—N.B. with כִּי = when or if, the subject is often prefixed for distinctness and emph.: 1 K 8:37 רָעָב כִּי־יִהְיֶה בָאָרֶץ דֶּבֶר כִּי יִהְיֶה וג׳, Is 28:18 Mi 5:4 אַשּׁוּר כִּי־יָבֹא בְאַרְצֵנוּ, ψ 62:11 Ez 3:19 (וְאַתָּה), 14:9, 13; 18:5, 18, 21; 33:6 (cf. v 2); and especially in laws of P, as אָדָם כִּי … Lv 1:2; 13:2, נֶפֶשׁ כִּי … 2:1; 4:2; 5:1, 4, 15, similiarly 15:2, 16, 19, 25; 22:12, 13, 14 etc., rather differently Nu 5:20. c. when or if, with a concessive force, i.e. though:—(a) with impf. Je 4:30(×3); 14:12; 49:16 כִּי־תַגְבִּיהַּ כַּנֶּשֶׁר קִנֶּ֑ךָ though thou make high like the vulture thy nest, I will bring thee down thence, 51:53 Ho 13:15 Zc 8:6 ψ 37:24; 49:19 f. though in his lifetime he bless himself … he shall come, etc., perhaps also Je 46:23 Ew (but Hi Gf Ke for), 50:11 Ew Ke (Hi yea); and strengthened by גַּם, גַּם כִּי Is 1:15 ψ 23:4 (cf. Dr§ 143); (b) with perf. (rare) Mi 7:8 כִּי נָפַלְתִּי קָ֑מְתִּי though I have fallen, I rise, Na 1:10 (si vera l.), ψ 21:12 (Hi Ew Now), 119:83 (Ew De). 3. Because, since (ὅτι)— a. Gn 3:14 because thou hast done this, cursed art thou, etc., v 17 18:20 the cry of S. and G.—because it is great … (subj. prefixed for emph.: cf. 2 N.B.) Is 28:15; in answer to a qu., Gn 27:20 Ex 1:19; 18:15 2 S 19:43 +. Enunciating the conditions under which a fut. action is conceived as possible (Germ. indem) Lv 22:9 Dt 4:29 כי תדרשׁנו, 12:20 (v.Dr), v 25, 28; 13:19; 14:24; 16:15; 19:6, 9 +, 1 K 8:35 (cf. v 33 אֲשֶׁר), v 36 כִּי תוֹרֵם, Pr 4:8b. b. more commonly the causal sentence follows, as Gn 2:3 and God blessed the seventh day כִּי בוֹ שָׁבַת וג׳ because on it he rested, etc., 4:25 etc., in which case it may often be rendered for, Gn 2:5, 23; 3:20; 5:24; 6:7; 12, 13 ψ 6:3 heal me כִּי נִבְהֲלוּ עֲצָמָ֑י for my bones are vexed, 10:14; 25:16; 27:10 + very often Spec. after vbs. expressive of mental emotions, as rejoicing Is 14:29 ψ 58:11, being angry Gn 31:35; 45:5, fearing 43:18 ψ 49:17 etc. Iron. 1 K 18:27 for he is a god etc. (4 times); Pr 30:4 Jb 38:5 כִּי תֵדָ֑ע for or since thou knowest. With subj. prefixed ψ 128:2. Repeated (with anacol.) Is 49:19. c. the causal relation expressed by כִּי is sometimes subtle, especially in poetry, and not apparent without careful study of a passage. Thus sometimes it justifies a statement or description by pointing to a pregnant fact which involves it, as Is 3:8a Jb 6:21 (ground of the comparison v 15–20), 14:16 (For …: ground of the wishes expressed v 13–15), 16:22 (ground of v 20 f.) 30:26 (For …), or by pointing to a general truth which it exemplifies Jb 5:6 (reason why complaining v 2–5 is foolish), 15:34; 23:14; sometimes it is explicative, justifying a statement by unfolding the particulars wh. establish or exemplify it 2 S 23:5a Is 1:30; 5:7; 7:8; 9:4; 10:8–11; 13:10 (development of v 9a), 32:6 f. (developing the characters of the נָבָל and כִּילַי, and so explaining why they will no longer be esteemed v 5); Jb 11:16 ff. (explic. of v 15b), 18:8 ff. (justifying v 7), 22:26 ff. (justifying v 25); elsewhere the cause is expressed indirectly or figuratively Is 2:6 (reason why invitation v 5 is needed), 5:10 (sterility of the soil the cause of the desolation v 9), 18:5; 28:8 (proof of the intoxication v 7), 31:7 (reason for the exhortation v 6: the certainty that the folly of idolatry will soon be recognized), Jb 7:21 (for soon it will be too late to pardon), 27:8–10 (Job wishes his enemy the lot of the wicked, because this is so hopeless); or כִּי relates not to the v. which immed. precedes or follows, but to several, as Is 7:16 f. (v 17 specially the ground of the people being reduced to simple fare v 15), 21:6 ff. (ground of the statements v1–5), Jb 4:5 (ground of v 2), 14:7–12 (v 10–12 specially the ground for the appeal in v 6), 23:10–13 (ground why God cannot be found v 8 f.), ψ 73:21 (ground not of v 20, but of general train of thought v 2–14); so also Gn 4:24 Dt 18:14 Is 12:1 Je 30:11 the reason lies not in the words immed. after כִּי, but in the second part of the sentence; or, on the other hand, it may state the reason for a partic. word, Is 28:20 (justifying ‘nought but terror’ v 19), Jb 23:17 (God’s hostility v 16 the cause of his misery, not the calamity as such). Sometimes also כִּי, in a poet. or rhet. style, gives the reason for a thought not expressed but implied, especially the answer to a qu.; Is 28:11 (the mockeries of v 10 have a meaning) ‘for with men of strange lips, etc. he will speak unto this people,’ who will retort the mockeries, charged with a new and terrible meaning, upon those who uttered them (v 13); = (no,) for Is 28:28 (see RVm), Jb 22:2b no, he that is wise is profitable to himself, 31:18; 39:14 (see v 13b), ψ 44:24 (he cannot do this, v 23) for for thy sake are we killed, etc., 130:4 no, with thee is forgiveness; = (yes,) for Is 49:25 (see the qu. v 24), 66:8. d. כִּי … כִּי ἀσυνδέτως sometimes introduce the proximate and ultimate cause respectively, Gn 3:19; 26:7; 43:32; 47:20 Ex 23:33 for [else] thou wilt serve their gods, for it will be a snare to thee, Is 2:6(×2); 3:8(×2); 6:5a, b; 10:22f. Jb 6:3f.; 8:8, 9(×2); 24:17(×2); 29:11f.; sometimes they introduce two co-ordinate causes (where we should insert and), Ex 23:21, 22 Is 6:5b, c I am undone, because I am of unclean lips …, because mine eyes have seen י׳ of hosts, 15:5(×2), 6(×2), 8, 9 Zp 3:8f. Jb 15:25, 27; 20:19f.; 31:11f. But כִּי … וְכִי also occurs, Gn 33:11 Nu 5:20 (if), Jo 1:15 Ju 6:30 1 S 19:4; 22:17 1 K 2:26 Is 65:16 +. e. after a neg. כִּי for becomes = but (Germ. sondern): Gn 17:15 thou shalt not call her name Sarai, כִּי שָׂרָה שְׁמָהּ for (= but) Sarah shall be her name, 24:3f.; 45:8 Ex 1:19; 16:8 not against us are your murmurings, כי על־י׳ for (they are) agst. י׳ = but agst. י׳, Dt 21:17 1 S 6:3 (אַל), 27:1 (v. Dr), 1 K 21:15 Is 10:7; 28:27; 29:23; 30:5 ψ 44:8; 118:17 + often; so in לא כי nay, for = nay, but, as Gn 18:15 לֹא כִּי צָחָֽקְתְּ nay, but thou didst laugh, 19:2; 42:12 Jos 5:14 1 S 2:16 MSS 𝔊 (v. Dr), 12:12 2 S 16:18; 24:24 1 K 2:30; 3:22; 11:22 Is 30:16 nay, but we will flee upon horses. Note. —כִּי is sometimes of difficult and uncertain interpretation, and in some of the passages quoted a different expl. is tenable. Authorities especially read the Heb. differently, when the choice is between for and yea. E.g. Is 8:23 Ges Ew§ 330 b doch (no, but); Hi Di for (taking v 22 as RVm); Ch surely: 15:1 Ges Ew Hi Di surely; De for: 39:8 Ges Hi De surely; Di for (expl. of טוֹב): Ez 11:16 Hi Ke Co surely; Ew Sm because.—In Ex 20:25 the tense of וַתְּחַלֲלֶהָ makes it prob. that כִּי is for (Dr§ 153). Jb 22:29 is taken with least violence to usage (גַּאֲוָה) as Hi: When they humble thee, and thou sayest (= complainest) Pride! he will save, etc.

δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, __I answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην Refs 5th c.BC+ __II without preceding μέν, __II.1 adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα.. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπαςRefs 5th c.BC+; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 copulative, __II.2.a in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν.. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) Refs 8th c.BC+: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν Refs __II.2.b in enumerations or transitions, Refs 8th c.BC+; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν.., θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι Refs 8th c.BC+; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. Refs 4th c.BC+; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, Refs 5th c.BC+; in the combination καὶ δέ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2.c answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4.b τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. __II in apodosi: __II.1 after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.1.b after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι.. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι.. ἐσόμεθα Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων..,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων.. Refs 5th c.BC+; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ.. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος.. well, when the sun.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). __B POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι Refs 5th c.BC+; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, Refs 5th c.BC+

ὅτῐ, Epic dialect ὅττῐ (both in Refs 8th c.BC+: conjunction, to introduce an objective clause, that, after Verbs of seeing or knowing, thinking or saying; in Refs 8th c.BC+ —Usage: __I when ὅτι introduces a statement of fact: __I.a in Refs 8th c.BC+ always with indicative, the tense following the same rules as in English, ἤγγειλ᾽ ὅττι ῥά οἱ πόσις ἔκτοθι μίμνε πυλάων Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.b in Attic dialect, ὅτι takes indicative after primary tenses, indicative or optative after secondary tenses, e.g. ἐνδείκνυμαι ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι σοφός Refs 5th c.BC+ news came that Megara had (literal has) revolted, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes optative and indicative are found in the same sentence, ἔλεγον, ὅτι Κῦρος μὲν τέθνηκεν, Ἀριαῖος δὲ πεφευγὼς.. εἴη Refs 5th c.BC+.. and the accusative with infinitive are found together, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 when ὅτι introduces a conditional sentence, the Constr. after ὅτι is the same as in independent conditional sentences, εἴ τις ἔροιτο, καθ᾽ ὁποίους νόμους δεῖ πολιτεύεσθαι, δῆλον ὅτι ἀποκρίναισθ᾽ ἄν.. it is manifest that you would answer.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II ὅτι is frequently inserted pleonastic in introducing a quotation (where we use no conjunction and put inverted commas), λόγον τόνδε ἐκφαίνει ὁ Πρωτεύς, λέγων ὅτι ἐγὼ εἰ μὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ἡγεύμην.. Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἐγὼ εἶπον, ὅ. ἡ αὐτή μοι ἀρχή ἐστι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; even where the quotation consists of one word,Refs __II.2 ὅ. is also used pleonastic with the infinitive and accusative Refs 5th c.BC+; but ὅτι has frequently been wrongly inserted by the copyists, as if εἶπεν or λέγουσιν must be followed by it, as in Refs 5th c.BC+ __III ὅτι in Attic dialect frequently represents a whole sentence, especially in affirmative answers, οὐκοῦν.. τὸ ἀδικεῖν κάκιον ἂν εἴη τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι. Answ. δῆλον δὴ ὅτι (i.e. ὅτι κάκιον ἂν εἴη, or ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει) Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οἶδ᾽ ὅτι, ἴσθ᾽ ὅτι, οἶσθ᾽ ὅτι, Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb __III.2 what we make the subject of the Verb which follows ὅτι frequently stands in the preceding clause, Αυκάονας δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ εἴδομεν, ὅτι.. καρποῦνται (for εἴδομεν, ὅτι Λυκάονες καρποῦνται) Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV ὅτι sometimes = with regard to the fact that, ὅτι.. οὔ φησι.. ὄνομα εἶναι, ὑποπτεύω αὐτὸν σκώπτειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __V οὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.., οὐχ ὅ. ὁ Κρίτων ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ ἦν, ἀλλὰ οἱ φίλοι αὐτοῦ not only Refs 1st c.AD+.., but his friends, Refs 5th c.BC+ not only the powers in Europe, but.., Refs 5th c.BC+., not followed by a second clause, means although, οὐχ ὅ. παίζει καί φησι Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.2 for ὅτι μή, see at {ὅ τι} 11. __B as a causal Particle, for that, because, generally after Verbs of feeling, Refs 8th c.BC+: but without such a Verb, ὃν περὶ πάσης τῖεν ὁμηλικίης, ὅτι οἱ φρεσὶν ἄρτια ᾔδη Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.b followed by τί, ὅτι τ; why? (literal because why?) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅτι τί δ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί μάλιστ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δὴ τί γ; Refs; compare ὁτιή. __B.2 seeing that, in giving the reason for saying what is said, γλαυκὴ δέ σε τίκτε θάλασσα.. ὅτι τοι νόος ἐστὶν ἀπηνής as is proved by the fact that.., Refs 8th c.BC+ (ὅ τ᾽) probably always represents ὅτε (ὅ τε): there are no examples of ὅττ᾽: hiatus after ὅτι is permitted in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+

הִנֵּה Once הִנֶּה־ Gn 19:2, demonstr. part. lo! behold! (Arabic إِنَّ certainly, surely, lit. lo!), with sf. (the pron. being conceived as accus., Ew§ 262 c; cf. إِنَّ, which takes an accus., whether of a noun or pron. sf.) הִנְנִי Gn 6:13 + often (also הִנֶּ֣נִּי Gn 22:7), הִנֵּ֑נִי Gn 22:1, 11 +, (הִנֶּ֔נִּי Gn 27:18), †Is 65:1 הִנֵּ֣נִי הִנֵּ֔נִי (but הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי is also said Gn 24:13, 43; 25:32; 48:21 Ex 4:23; 7:17 +; and, more rarely, הִנֵּה אֲנִי Ez 37:5, 12, 19, 21 2 Ch 2:3, cf. 2 K 10:9 Je 32:27); הִנְּךָ Gn 20:3 + (†2 K 7:2 הִנְּכָה), הִנֶּ֑ךָּ †ψ139:8, fem. הִנָּךְ Gn 16:11 + 6 times; הִנּוֹ †Nu 23:17 Jb 2:6 1 Ch 11:25, הִנֵּ֫הוּ †Je 18:3 Kt (הִנֵּה הוּא is more usual, as Gn 20:16; 42:27; 1 S 10:22 Je 38:5 Ru 3:2): 1 pl. הִנְנוּ †Jos 9:25 2 S 5:1 Je 3:22 Ezr 9:15, הִנֶּ֫נּוּ †Gn 44:16; 50:18 Nu 14:40, הִנֵּ֑נוּ Jb 38:35; הִנְּכֶם †Dt 1:10 Je 16:12; הִנָּם Gn 40:6 + often (37 times)—lo! behold! a. pointing to persons or things, Gn 12:19 and now הִנֵּה אִשְׁתְּךָ behold thy wife! 18:9 הִנֵּה בָאֹהֶל behold (she is) in the tent (the suffix, when the noun to which הנה refers has immediately preceded, being not unfrequently omitted, 16:14: cf. Dr§ 135. 6, 2), 30:3; 31:51(×2) Ex 24:8 1 K 2:29. With sf. of 1 ps., especially in response to a call, indicating the readiness of the person addressed to listen or obey, Here I am! (lit. Behold me!) Gn 22:1, 7, 11; 27:1, 18; 31:11; 37:13; 46:2 Ex 3:4 1 S 3:4, 5, 6, 8, 16; 22:12 2 S 1:7 Is, 6:8, cf. 1 S 12:3 הִנְנִי עֲנוּ בִי here I am, answer against me, 14:43 (cf. Drp. 292), 2 S 15:26 (in resignation: cf. Gn 44:16; 50:18 Jos 9:25 Ezr 9:15): of God Is 52:6; 58:9; 65:1(×2) (repeated for emphasis). In the pl. הננו Nu 14:40 Je 3:22 Jb 38:35.—Emph. הִנְנִי אָ֕נִי Ez 34:11, 20, cf. 6:3. On הִנְנִי אֶל …, v. אֵל" dir="rtl" >אל 4, p. 40. b. introducing clauses involving predication: (a) with ref. to the past or present, it points generally to some truth either newly asserted, or newly recognised, Gn 1:29 behold! I have given to you all herbs etc. 17:20; 27:6 1 S 14:33 etc.; often one upon which some proposal or suggestion is to be founded, Ex 1:9 (cf. הן Gn 11:6) 1 S 20:2, 5; 2 K 5:20. When the proposal is to be of the nature of an entreaty or request, הִנֵּה־נָא is often used, instead of the simple הִנֵּה Gn 12:11; 16:2; 18:27 1 K 20:31; 22:13 al. (v. נָא). (b) with ref. to the future. Here it serves to introduce a solemn or important declaration Ex 32:34; 34:10 Is 7:14; and is used especially with the ptcp. (the fut. instans, Dr§ 135, 3) in predictions or threats, Gn 20:3 הִנְּךָ מֵת (lit.) behold thee (accus.) about to die, thou art about to die, Ex 4:23; 7:17; 9:3 Dt 31:16 1 S 3:11 1 K 20:35; 22:25 Is 3:1; 10:33; 17:1; 19:1; 22:17; 24:1 + often; in the phrase הנה ימים באים †1 S 2:31 2 K 20:17 = Is 39:6 Am 4:2; 8:11; 9:13 + Je 15 times; very often with the suffix of 1 ps. sg., as הִנְנִי מֵבִיא Behold, I bring (lit. behold me bringing, or about to bring) … Gn 6:17 Ex 10:4 & often, especially in Je; Gn 9:9 Ex 8:17; 9:18; 34:11 2 K 22:20 Is 13:17; 29:14; 43:19 Je 8:17; 11:22 (הִנְנִי פֹקֵד; so 23:2 +) 16:16; 20:4, etc.; anomalously, with change of person, Is 28:16 הִנְנִי יִסַּד (according to points) behold me, one who has founded, 29:14 הִנְנִי יוֹסִף behold me, one who will add (so 38:5); but it is dub. whether the ptcp. יֹסֵד, יוֹסֵף should not be read. c. וְהִנֵּה … very freq. in historical style, especially (but not exclusively) after verbs of seeing or discovering, making the narrative graphic and vivid, and enabling the reader to enter into the surprise or satisfaction of the speaker or actor concerned: Gn 1:31 and behold, it was very good, 6:12; 8:13; 15:12; 18:2; 37:29 Ex 2:6 Dt 9:13 etc.: in the description of a dream Gn 37:7, 9; 40:9, 16; 41:1, 2, 3 Is 29:8, or of a vision Am 7:1, 4; 8:1 etc. With a ptcp. (the context fixing the sense to the past), Gn 24:30; 37:15 (both without suffix); Ju 9:43; 11:34 1 K 19:5, 11 +. d. like II. הֵן (b), nearly = if (rare): Lv 13:5, 6, 8, 10 (& elsewhere in this and the next ch.) וְהִנֵּה and behold = and if, Dt 13:15 and 17:4 וְהִנֵּה אֱמֶת and behold it is true = and if it be true, 19:18 1 S 20:12; cf. 1 S 9:7 2 S 18:11 Ho 9:6; with ו׳ in apod. 2 K 10:9.

γάρ (γε, ἄρα), causal conjunction, used alone or with other Particles. __I introducing the reason or cause of what precedes, for, τῷ γὰρ ἐπὶ φρεσὶ θῆκε θεὰ λευκώλενος Ἥρη· κήδετο γ. Δαναῶν Refs 8th c.BC+; but frequently in explanation of that which is implied in the preceding clause, πολλάων πολίων κατέλυσε κάρηνα.. τοῦ γὰρ κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Refs __I.b in simple explanations, especially after a Pronoun or demonstrative adjective, ἀλλὰ τόδ᾽ αἰνὸν ἄχος κραδίην καὶ θυμὸν ἱκάνει· Ἕκτωρ γ. ποτε φήσει Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ δὲ δεινότατον.. ὁ Ζεὺς γ... Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in introducing proofs or examples, μαρτύριον δέ· Δήλου γ. καθαιρομένης.. Refs 5th c.BC+; τεκμήριον δέ· οὔτε γ. Λακεδαιμόνιοι.. Refs 4th c.BC+; in full, τεκμήριον δὲ τούτου τόδε· αἱ μὲν γ... Refs 5th c.BC+; παράδειγμα τόδε τοῦ λόγου· ἐκ γ... Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.c to introduce a detailed description or narration already alluded to, ὅμως δὲ λεκτέα ἃ γιγνώσκω· ἔχει γ. [ἡ χώρα] πεδία κάλλιστα.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.d in answers to questions or statements challenging assent or denial, yes,.., no,.. , οὔκουν.. ἀνάγκη ἐστ;—ἀνάγκη γ. οὖν, ἔφη, ay doubtless it is necessary, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἱκανὸς γ., ἔφη, συμβαίνει γ., ἔφη, Refs; οὔκουν δὴ τό γ᾽ εἰκός.—οὐ γ.: Refs __I.2 by inversion, preceding the fact explained, since, as, Ἀτρεΐδη, πολλοὶ γ. τεθνᾶσιν Ἀχαιοί.. τῷ σε χρὴ πόλεμον παῦσαι Refs 8th c.BC+; χρόνου δὲ οὐ πολλοῦ διελθόντος (χρῆν γ. Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι κακῶς) ἔλεγε πρὸς τὸν Γύγην τοιάδε, Γύγη, οὐ γ. σε δοκέω πείθεσθαι.. (ὦτα γ. τυγχάνει κτλ.), ποίει ὅκως.. Refs 5th c.BC+; εἶεν, σὺ γ. τούτων ἐπιστήμων, τί χρὴ ποιεῖ; Refs 5th c.BC+; the principal proposition is sometimes __I.2.b blended with the causal one, τῇ δὲ κακῶς γ. ἔδεε γενέσθαι εἶπε, i.e. ἡ δέ (κακῶς γ. οἱ ἔδεε γενέσθαι) εἶπε Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.c attached to the hypothet. Particle instead of being joined to the apodosis, οὐδ᾽ εἰ γ. ἦν τὸ πρᾶγμα μὴ θεήλατον, ἀκάθαρτον ὑμᾶς εἰκὸς ἦν οὕτως ἐᾶν, i.e. οὐδὲ γ. εἰ ἦν.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2.d repeated, οὐ γ. οὖν σιγήσομαι· ἔτικτε γ... Refs __I.3 in elliptical phrases, where that of which γάρ gives the reason is omitted, and must be supplied, __I.3.a frequently in Trag. dialogue and Refs 5th c.BC+, when yes or no may be supplied from the context, καὶ δῆτ᾽ ἐτόλμας τούσδ᾽ ὑπερβαίνειν νόμου;—οὐ γ. τί μοι Ζεὺς ἦν ὁ κηρύξας τάδε [yes], for it was not Zeus, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in phrase ἔστι γ. οὕτω [yes], for so it is, i. e. yes certainly: λέγεταί τι καινό; γένοιτο γ. ἄν τι καινότερον ἢ..; [why,] could there be.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+ [do so], yet shall ye never prevail by this means: for ἀλλὰ γ., see belowRefs __I.3.b to confirm or strengthen something said, οἵδ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ εἰσί· τοῦτο γάρ σε δήξεται [I say this], for it will sting thee, Refs 5th c.BC+: after an Exclamation, ὦ πόποι· ἀνάριθμα γ. φέρω πήματα Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.3.c in conditional propositions, where the condition is omitted, else, οὐ γ. ἄν με ἔπεμπον πάλιν (i.e. εἰ μὴ ἐπίστευον) Refs 5th c.BC+; γίνεται γ. ἡ κοινωνία συμμαχία for in that case, Refs 4th c.BC+ __I.4 in abrupt questions, why, what, τίς γ. σε θεῶν ἐμοὶ ἄγγελον ἧκε; why who hath sent thee? Refs 8th c.BC+; πατροκτονοῦσα γ. ξυνοικήσεις ἐμο; what, wilt thou.. ? Refs 4th c.BC+..; what, was it.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; τί γ.; quid enim? i. e. it must be so, Refs; τί γ. δή ποτ; Refs 4th c.BC+; also πῶς γ.; πῶς γ. ο;, see at {πῶς}. __I.5 to strengthen a wish, with optative, κακῶς γ. ἐξόλοιο O that you might perish ! Refs 5th c.BC+; compare αἴ, εἰ, εἴθε, πῶς. __II joined with other Particles: __II.1 ἀλλὰ γ. where γάρ gives the reason of a clause to be supplied between ἀλλά and itself, as ἀλλ᾽ ἐν γὰρ Τρώων πεδίῳ.. but [far otherwise], for.., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἥκουσ᾽ αἵδ᾽ ἐπὶ πρᾶγος πικρόν but [hush], for.., Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γ. σ᾽ ἐθέλω.. but [look out] for.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2 γ. ἄρα for indeed, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 γ. δή for of course, for you know, Refs 8th c.BC+; φάμεν γ. δή yes certainly we say so, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 γ. νυ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.5 γ. οὖν for indeed, to confirm or explain, Refs 8th c.BC+; φησὶ γ. οὖν yes of course he says so, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare τοιγαροῦν. __II.6 γ. που for I suppose, especially with negatives, Refs __II.7 γ. ῥα, ={γὰρ ἄρα}, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.8 γ. τε, Refs; also τε γ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.9 γ. τοι for surely.., Refs 8th c.BC+; compare τοιγάρτοι. __B POSITION: γάρ properly stands after the first word in a clause, but in Pocts it frequently stands third or fourth, when the preceding words are closely connected, as ὁ μὲν γὰρ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; χἠ ναῦς γὰρ.. Refs; τό τ᾽ εἰκαθεῖν γὰρ.. Refs; τὸ μὴ θέμις γὰρ.. Refs 4th c.BC+: sometimes for metrical reasons, where there is no such connexion, as third Refs 5th c.BC+; in later Comedy texts fifth Refs 4th c.BC+; once sixth in Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 inserted before the demonstrative -ί, as νυνγαρί for νυνὶ γά; compare νυνί. __C QUANTITY: γάρ is sometimes long in Refs 8th c.BC+.—In Attic dialect always short: Refs 5th c.BC+

אִם conj. (= Aramaic ܐܶܢ if [and in ܐܶܠܴܐ, אֶלָּא = ܐܶܢ ܠܴܐ if not, except], Arabic إِنْ if [and in إِلَّا = إِنْ لَا if not, except], Ethiopic እመ if = מָה + אִם (إِنْ + مَا) [and in አላ if not, but], Assyrian šumma; SAr. hm; Arabic أَمْ (Lat. an?) = أَاِمْ, cf. הַאִם: v. NöM p. 208, ZMG 1886, p. 739; WAG i. § 367 e 𝔗Onk Jon. אִם, 𝔗Hag אין.) 1. hypoth. part. if. a. construction (v. more fully Dr§ 136–138, 143 Friedrich Die Hebr. Condit. sätze 1884): (1) with impf. (continued by pff. & waw consec.; apod. usually begins with pf. & waw consec. or bare impf.; or, if necess., with imper. or juss.) (a) of future time: Gn 18:26 אִם־אֶמְצָא if I shall find 50 righteous in Sodom, וְנָשָׂאתִי I will pardon, etc., 24:8; 32:9 Dt 19:8 f. 1 K 1:52 b; 6:12 ψ 89:31–33; Gn 42:37 Ju 13:16 1 K 1:52 a ψ 132:12. (b) of past time (rare, but classical): Gn 31:8 אִם יֹאמַר if ever he said … וְיָֽלְדוּ then they used to bear, etc., Ex 40:37; & in the protestations Jb 31:7, 13, 16, 25 etc. (alternating with pff., v. infr., & with jussives in apod.) (c) assuming a purely imaginary case (with impf. in both clauses, like the double opt. in Greek), if, though: Gn 13:16 so that אִם־יוּכַל if a man were able to number the stars, thy seed also יִמָּנֶה might be numbered, Nu 22:18 Is 1:18 אִם־יִהְיוּ ח׳ כַּשָּׁנִים יַלְבִּינוּ though your sins were as scarlet, they should become white as snow, Am 9:2–4 אִם־יַחְתְּרוּ though they were to dig into Sheôl, from thence תִּקָּחֵם would my hand fetch them, ψ 27:3; 139:8 +. (2) with pt. (expressing either a present process, or an approaching future: apod. as 1 a) Gn 24:42, 49 Ju 6:36 (+ ישׁ) 9:15; 11:9 אִם מְשִׁיבִים אַתֶּם if ye are going to bring me back וְנָתַן י׳ then י׳ will, etc.; similarly with יֵשׁ or אֵין Gn 44:26 Ex 22:2 1 S 20:8; 23:23; & with no explicit copula Dt 22:2; 25:2 Lv 1:3, 14, etc. (3) with perf. (a) of fut. or pres. time (continued by pff. & waw consec.: apod. as 1 a) Gn 43:9 אִם־לֹא הֲבִיאֹתִיו אֵלָיךָ וְהִצַּגְתִּיו לְפָנֶיךָ if I do not bring him back (si eum non reduxero) and set him before thee, I will be guilty for ever, 47:6 if thou knowest that there are men of worth among them וְשַׂמְתָּם then make them, etc., Ju 16:17 2 S 15:33 2 K 7:4 ψ 41:7; 94:18 Jb 7:4; 9:30 f. 10:14 אִם חָטָאתִי וּשְׁמַרְתָּ֑נִי if I sin, thou watchest me. On אִם־נָא Gn 18:3 al. v. נָא²" dir="rtl" >נָא. (b) of past time, whether (α) in actual fact, or (β) in an assumed case (the pf. is here continued by the impf. and waw consec.; apod. begins as before). (4) (a) Ju 9:16–19 אִם … עֲשִׂיתֶם if ye have done honestly וַתַּמְלִיכוּ and have made Abimelech king …, 1 S 26:19; especially in protestations, as ψ 7:4 אִם עָשִׂיתִי זאת if I have done this …, let the enemy pursue my soul, etc. Je 33:25 f. Jb 31:5 f. 9, etc. (b) Nu 5:27 if she have defiled herself וַתִּמְעֹל and been faithless, וּבָאוּ then shall they come, etc., 15:24; 35:22–24. (c) with bare pf. in apod., in sense of If … had …, only Dt 32:30 אִם־לֹא כִּי were it not that …, ψ 73:15. (לוּ is more usual in such cases.) (5) with inf. once (si vera l.) Jb 9:27 אִם אָמְרִי = if I say (lit. if (there is) my saying).—Note that the vb. following אִם is often strengthened by the inf. abs., as Ex 15:26; 19:5; 21:5; 22:3, 12, 16, 22 Ju 11:30; 14:12; 16:11 etc.; cf. DrSm 1:20, 6. b. Special uses: (1) repeated אִם … אִם whether … or (sive … sive) Ex 19:13 Dt 18:3 2 S 15:21; similarly אִם … וְאִם Gn 31:52 Je 42:6 Ez 2:5 Ec 11:3; 12:14 (cf. ܐܶܢ … ܐܶܢ, ܘܶܐܢ … ܐܢ PS250; وَإِنْ … إِنْ & وَإِمَّا … إِمَّا); cf. Pr 2:3. (2) After an oath (expressed, or merely implied) אִם (the formula of imprecation being omitted) becomes an emph. negative, and אִם־לֹא an emph. affirmative: 2 S 11:11 by thy life אִם־אֶעֱשֶׂה אֶת־הַדָּבָר הַזֶּה (may God bring all manner of evil upon me) if I do this thing! = surely I will not do this thing! (cf. the full phrases in 1 S 3:17 2 K 6:31) Gn 14:23; 42:15 Nu 14:23 1 S 3:14; 19:6 2 K 2:2; 3:14 & often; Is 22:14 ψ 89:36; 95:11 Jb 6:28; אִם־לֹא Nu 14:28 Jos 14:9 1 K 20:23 2 K 9:26 Is 5:9; 14:24 Je 15:11; 49:20 Jb 1:11 + especially Ez; after a neg. clause, emphasizing a contrasted idea, Gn 24:38 (where the expl. by Aramaic אֶלָּא is not supported by Heb. usage), cf. Je 22:6. Repeated, אִם … וְאִם 2 S 20:20 2 K 3:14 Is 62:8 Je 38:16; Ez 14:16. In adjurations (with 2nd or 3rd ps.) = that not Gn 21:23; 26:29; 31:50 1 S 24:22 1 K 1:51 Ct 2:7; 3:5 +. Of past or present time: 1 S 25:34 as י׳ liveth (I say) that, unless thou hadst hastened …, כִּי אִם נוֹתַר that surely there had not been left …! 17:55 as thy soul liveth אִם־יָדָֽעְתִּי if I know it! 1 K 17:12; 18:10—both אִם־יֵשׁ (כִּי in 1 K 17:12 introduces the fact sworn to, & need not be translated; so 2 S 3:35: v. כִּי); ψ 131:2 אִם־לֹא (after a neg. clause: cf. supr. Gn 24:38). Cf. Str§ 90. (3) Part. of wishing, if but …! oh that …! (rare) ψ 81:9 If thou wouldest hearken to me! 95:7; 139:19 Pr 24:11 1 Ch 4:10. Cf. Ex 32:32. With imv. (si vera l.) Jb 34:16 וְאִם־בִּֽינָה; and with an anacoluthon, Gu 23:13 (P) אִם־אַתָּה לוּ שְמָעֵנִי if thou!—oh that thou wouldst hear me! (4) Nearly = when—with the pf.: (a) of past, Gn 38:9 Nu 21:9 וְהָיָה אִם־נָשַׁךְ … וְהִבִּיט and it used to be, if or when a serpent had bitten a man, that he would look, etc., Ju 6:3 ψ 78:34 (v. Dr§ 136 δ Obs.); Am 7:2. (b) of pres. or fut., Is 4:4 אִם רָחַץ when the Lord shall have washed, 24:13; 28:25; cf. Nu 36:4 (with the impf.) c. Compounded with other particles:—(α) בִּלְתִּי אִם except if, except, †Gn 47:18 Ju 7:14 Am 3:3, 4. (β) הֲלוֹא אִם †2 K 20:19 (for which Is 39:8 has simply כִּי), perhaps Is it not (good), if …? (De Di). (γ) כִּי־אִם, q.v. (δ) עַד אִם †Gn 24:19, 33 Is 30:17 Ru 2:21, & עַד אֲשֶׁר אִם †Gn 28:15 Nu 32:17 Is 6:11, until, proposes until if or when. (ε) רַק אִם if only (v. sub רַק). אִם־לֹא in Ez 3:6b is very difficult. The Vrss render If I had sent, etc., implying לֻא for אִם־לֹא (for Ew’s אִם־לֻא = אִלּוּ, q.v., is precarious): Ges Hi Co ‘but (אִם־לֹא after a neg., cf. supr. Gn 24:38 ψ 131:2) unto them (Isr.) have I sent thee: they can understand thee’ (but understand is a dub. rendering of שָׁמַע אֶל). 2. Interrog.part. a. in direct qu.: (a) alone (not freq. and usually = Num? expecting the answer No, especially in a rhet. style): Gn 38:17 1 K 1:27; Ju 5:8 מָגֵן אִם־יֵרָאֶה וָרֹמַח was there a shield to be seen or a spear …? Is 29:16; and repeated Am 3:6 Je 48:27 Jb 6:12. (b) more freq. in disjunctive interrogation: (α) הֲ … אִם, expressing a real alternative Jos 5:13 הֲלָנוּ אַתָּה אִם־לְצָרֵינוּ art thou for us, or for our enemies? Ju 9:2 1 K 22:6, 15: more often expressing a merely formal alternative, especially in poetry (a rhetorical Num?) Gn 37:8 Nu 11:12, 22 Ju 11:25b 2 S 19:36 Is 10:15; 66:8 Je 3:5 Hb 3:8 ψ 77:10; 78:20 Jb 4:17; 6:5, 6; 10:4, 5; 11:7 etc. (β) הֲ … וְאִם (rarer than הֲ … אִם, but similar in use) 2 S 24:13 (a real alt.); Is 49:24; 50:2 Je 5:9 (v 29 אִם) 14:22 Jo 1:2; 4:4 Jb 8:3; 11:2; 21:4; 22:3; 34:17; 40:8f. (formal); Gn 17:17 P (with an anacol.) shall a child …? וְאִם־שָׂרָה הֲבַת־תִּשְׁעִים שָׁנָה תֵּלֵד or Sarah,—shall she that is 90 years old bear? Pr 27:24 (וְאִם after neg. clause). b. in oblique interrogation, if, whether: (a) alone, after verbs of seeing, inquiring, etc. 2 K 1:2 Je 5:1; 30:6 Mal 3:10 ψ 139:24 Ct 7:13 La 1:12 Ezr 2:59; once מִי יוֹדֵעַ אִם who knoweth if …? i. e. (like haud scio an) perhaps Est 4:14 (older syn. מִי יוֹדֵעַ alone: see 2 S 12:22 Jo 2:14 Jon 3:9). (b) disjunctively הֲ … אִם Gn 27:21 Nu 13:18–20; so אִם … וְאִם Jos 24:15. c. compounded with הֲ, הַאִם †Nu 17:28 הַאִם תַּמְנוּ לִגְוֹעַ prob. an emph. Num? Shall we ever have finished dying? Jb 6:13 difficult: perhaps Is it that my help is not in me? (a forcible means of expressing that that which might be thought impossible is nevertheless the case); Hi as an aposiop., If my help is not in me (am I still to wait)? (The view that הַאִם = הֲלֹא nonne? is inconsistent with the fact that אִם in a question has regularly the force of Num?)

II. אֵת prep. with—with makk. אֶת־, with suff. אִתִּי, אִתְּךָ, אִתְּכֶם etc., also, however, אֽוֹתְךָ, אוֹתוֹ, and similarly מֵאֽוֹתְךָ, מֵאוֹתוֹ etc., first in Jos 10:25; 14:12, next 2 S 24:24; then repeatedly (but not exclusively) 1 K 20–2 K 8, & in Je Ez, e.g. 1 K 20:25 (but v 23 אִתָּם) 22:7, 8, 24 (beside מֵאתִּי) 2 K 1:15; 3:11, 12, 26; 6:16 (beside אִתָּנוּ) 8:8; Je 2:35; 10:5; 16:8; 19:10; 20:11; Ez 2:6; 10:17; 23:23; 37:26 (v. infr. 1 d.; also Is 59:21, contr. Gn 17:4: on שָׁכַב אֹתָהּ, Gn 34:2 al., v. sub שָׁכֵב & cf. DrSm ii. 13, 14)—prep. denoting proximity (syn. עִם; Ph. את, e.g. CIS i. 3, 8 לא יכן לם משכב את רפאם let there not be for them a resting-place with the shades; Assyrian itti (perhaps akin to ittu ‘side,’ DlPr 115 Hpt KAT2. 498; but cf. NöZMG ’86, 738 f.). Not found as yet in the other cogn. languages: but cf. Ethiopic እንተ ʾenta, towards, which supports the view that אֵת is for ʾint [cf. תֵּת, תִּתִּי], perhaps from √ אנה to meet Olp. 431 PrätZMG ’73, 643, LagM i. 226). 1. Of companionship, together with: Gn 6:13 behold, I destroy them אֶת־הָאָרֶץ together with the earth, 11:31; 12:4 + often, especially with verbs of dwelling, abiding, going, etc., as Ju 1:3; 14:11; 19:4, & in the phrase הָעָם אֲשֶׁר אִתּוֹ Ju 4:13; 7:1; 9:33, 48; 1 S 14:20; 30:4 etc.; thou, and thy sons אִתָּֽךְ ׃ … with thee Gn 6:18; similarly (3rd pers.) 7:7, 13; 8:18; 9:8 al. (charact. of P: DrIntr. 124); הִתְהַלֵּךְ אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִים to walk with God, i.e. to have him as a companion (sc. by adopting a course of life pleasing to him) Gn 5:22, 24; 6:9 (cf. הִתְהַלֵּךְ אֵת lit. 1 S 25:15);—by the side of, like Is 45:9, equally with Lv 26:39, in common with Je 23:28b (cf. עִם 1 e, f). Hence, in partic.— a. with for the purpose of help: Nu 14:9 וי׳ אִתָּנוּ, Jos 14:12 (אוֹתִי, as Je 20:11) Ju 1:19; 2 K 6:16; 9:32 מִי אִתִּי מִי who is on my side, who? כִּי אִתְּךָ אֲנִי Is 43:5 Je 1:8, 19 +; Is 63:3 ψ 12:5 our lips are with us, on our side (s. 3 a); in the phrase יַד פּ׳ אֵת (הָֽיְתָה) 2 S 14:19 2 K 15:19 (ידיו) Je 26:24; נָשָׂא אֵת to bear together with, i.e. to assist Ex 18:22 Nu 11:17. Exceptionally, = with the help of: Gn 4:1 for I have gotten a man אֶת־י׳ with the help of י׳ (cf. עם 1 S 14:45) 49:25 (where, however, the parallelism, & 𝔊 𝔖 Sam. favour וְאֵל שַׁדַּי for וְאֵת שַׁדַּי) Mi 3:8; cf. Est 9:29. b. beside (Germ. neben): Gn 39:6 לֹא יָדַע אִתּוֹ מְאוּמָה he knew not with him, beside him, aught (i.e. Joseph managed everything), v 8 Ex 20:23 לֹא תַעֲשׂוּן אִתִּ֑י ye shall not make (aught) beside me. c. beside = in the presence of (rare): Gn 20:16b and before all thou shalt be righted, Is 30:8 Mi 6:1. In this sense אֶת־פְּנֵי פּ׳ is more freq., v. sub פָּנִים" dir="rtl" >פָּנִים. d. of intercourse of different kinds with another, e.g. after verbs of making a covenant or contract, or (less often) of speaking or dealing: (α) Gn 9:9; 15:18; 17:4 (Ez 16:60 Is 59:21 אוֹת-) Jos 10:4 1 K 3:1 etc.; cf. 1 S 2:13 (but here הַכֹּהֵן מֵאֶת־ is prob. to be read with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔗 Ke We etc., cf. Dt 18:3). (β) Gn 17:3; 42:30 דִּבֶּר אִתָּנוּ קָשׁוֹת, 1 K 8:15 ψ 109:2, & especially in Je and Ez (as Je 1:16; 4:12 [52:9 אִתּוֹ] 5:5; 12:1; Ez 2:1; 3:22, 24, 27; 14:4; 44:5—all אוֹת-); Gn 24:49 to perform kindness אֵת (עִם is here more genl.), 2 S 16:17 זֶה חַסְדְּךָ אֶת־רֵעֶ֑ךָ, Ru 2:20 Zc 7:9; Ju 11:27 וְאַתָּה עשֶֹׁה אִתִּי רָעָה, Dt 1:30; 10:21 1 S 12:7b, (אוֹת-) Je 21:2; 33:9 Ez 7:27; 16:59; 22:14; 23:25, 29; 39:24; abs. Ez 17:17; 20:44 ψ 109:21 Zp 3:19; (γ) in a pregn. sense, (in dealing) with, i.e. towards (rare): Is 66:14 ψ 67:2 יָאֵר פָּנָיו אִתָּנוּ make his face to shine with (= toward) us (varied from אֶל Nu 6:25) Dt 28:8; faithful with ψ 78:8 (cf. v 37 נָכוֹן עִם); Ez 2:6 (אוֹתָ֑ךְ); Ju 16:15 וְלִבְּךָ אֵין אִתִּי. (δ) often with verbs of fighting, striving, contending, as Gn 14:2, 8, 9 Nu 20:13 Is 45:9a; 50:8 ψ 35:1 Pr 23:11; with בָּא בְמִשְׁפָּט ψ 143:2 (Is 3:14 al. עִם). 2. Of localities, especially in the phrase אֲשֶׁר אֵת describing a site: Ju 3:19; 4:11 אֲשֶׁר אֶת־קֶדֶשׁ which is near Kedesh, 1 K 9:26 2 K 9:27 (cf. עם 2, which is commoner in this sense); Ez 43:8; Ex 33:21 הִנֵּה מָקוֹם אִתִּי. Perhaps, anomalously, 1 S 7:16 at or by all those places (but v. Dr); in 2 S 15:23 עַל־פְּנֵי דֶרֶךְ אֶת־הַמִּדְבָּר, אֵת = towards is against anal.: read with 𝔊L עַל־פָּנָיו דֶּרֶךְ הַזַּיִת אֲשֶׁר בַּמִּדְבָּר; 1 K 9:25 אִתּוֹ beside it (sc. the altar); but עָלָיו 13:1 etc. would be idiomatic, & for אִתּוֹ אֲשֶׁר Klo proposes plausibly אֶת־אִשּׁוֹ (v. Ex 30:20). 3. אֵת פּ׳ denotes specially, a. in one’s possession or keeping: Gn 27:15; 30:29 thou knowest אֵת אֲשֶׁר הָיָה מִקְנְךָ אִתִּי … how thy cattle fared with me, v 33; 42:16 Lv 5:23; 19:13 Dt 15:3 Ju 17:2 1 S 9:7 מָה אִתָּנוּ = what have we? 25:29 Is 49:4 my right is with Jehovah (contr. 40:27), Je 8:8 ψ 38:11 the light of mine eyes also אֵין אִתִּי i.e. is gone from me, Pr 3:28; 8:18; in his power, Je 10:5 הֵיטֵיב אֵין אוֹתָם is not in their power, perhaps ψ 12:5. A dream, or the word of י׳, is said to be אֵת with a prophet, 2 K 3:12 Je 23:28; 27:18. Metaph. of a mental quality, Pr 11:2; 13:10. b. in one’s knowledge or memory: Is 59:12 פְּשָׁעֵינוּ אִתָּנוּ our transgressions are with us, i.e. present to our minds (‖ וַעֲוֹנֹתֵינוּ יְדַעֲנוּם), Jb 12:3 אֶת־מִי־אֵין כְּמוֹ־אֵלֶּה with whom are not (i.e. who knoweth not? τίς οὐ σύνοιδε;) things like these? 14:5 אִתָּךְ i.e. known to thee, Pr 2:1 Gn 40:14 Je 12:3 (Ew Gf towards thee, as 1 d γ). So אִם־יֵשׁ אֶת־נַפְשְׁכֶם Gn 23:8 [2 K 9:15 נ׳ alone], אֶת־לְבָבְךָ 2 K 10:15. Comp. עם 4 b, which is more frequent in this sense. 4. מֵאֵת (מֵאִתִּי, etc.; also מֵאוֹת-, v. p. 85) from proximity with (like Gk. παρά with a genit., Fr de chez; in Syriac ܡܶܢ ܠܘܳܬ Arabic مِنْ عِنْدَ correspond. Synon. מֵעִם; see below): coupled almost always with persons (contrast מֵעִם, a). Thus a. with קָנָה to buy Gn 25:10 + often; (cf. 17:27); לָקַח Gn 42:24 Ex 25:2 Lv 25:36 Nu 17:17 + often; נָשָׂא ψ 24:5; שִׁלַּח, as Gn 8:8 וַיְשַׁלַּח אֶת־הַיּוֹנָה מֵאִתּוֹ and he sent forth the dove from with him 26:27; הָלַךְ Gn 26:31 1 K 18:12; 20:36 Je 9:1, of a wife deserting her husband Ju 19:2 וַתֵּלֶךְ מֵאִתּוֹ, Je 3:1 (cf. Is 57:8); with sim. words Gn 38:1 Dt 2:8 1 K 11:23 Je 2:37 (v. Ex 5:20); Is 54:10 ψ 66:20; with שָׁאַל Ju 1:14 1 K 2:16 ψ 27:4 +, דָּרַשׁ 1 K 22:7 al., שָׁמַע 1 S 2:23.—מֵאֵת פְּנֵי פּ׳ Gn 27:30; 43:34 Ex 10:11 Jb 2:7; Lv 10:4 (הַקֹּדֶשׁ), 2 K 16:14 (הַבַּיִת). Hence b. of rights or dues, handed over from, given on the part of, any one: Gn 47:22 חֹק מֵאֵת פַּרְעֹה; often in P, as Gn 23:20 Ex 27:21 a perpetual due מֵאֵת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל from, or on the part of, the children of Israel, Lv 7:34b; 24:8 Nu 3:9; 7:84 +; Dt 18:3 1 S 2:13 (𝔊, etc.; v. 1 d) 2 S 15:3 וְשֹׁמֵעַ אֵין־לְךָ מֵאֵת הַמֶּלֶךְ but there is none to hear thee deputed of the king, 1 K 5:14. c. expressing origination: 1 K 1:27 אִם מֵאֵת אֲדֹנִי הַמֶּלֶךְ נִהְיָה Especially מֵאֵת י׳—of a concrete object proceeding from him: Gn 19:24 (brimstone), Nu 11:31 (a wind), 16:35 (fire), 1 S 16:14 (evil spirit), Is 38:7 (a sign), Je 51:53 (wasters), Mi 5:6 (dew); of wrath Zc 7:12 (cf. Nu 17:11), teaching Is 51:4, the word of prophecy Je 7:1 (so 11:1; 18:1 + often in Je) 37:17 Ez 33:30; with ‘have I (we) heard’ Is 21:10; 28:22 Je 49:14 (= Ob 1); of an event, or phase of history Jos 11:20 מֵאֵת י׳ הָֽיְתָה it came of י׳ to …, 1 K 12:24 Hb 2:13 ψ 118:23 מֵאֵת י׳ הָֽיְתָה זֹאת (𝔊 παρὰ Κυρίου) Ezr 9:8 Ne 6:16; of trouble (רָעָה) 2 K 6:33 Mi 1:12 (יָרַד); of a good or evil lot, having its source in י׳ Je 13:25 Is 54:17 ψ 109:20, cf. Jb 2:10; ψ 22:26 מֵאִתְּךָ תְהִלָּתִי from thee cometh my praise (thou art the source of it); Is 44:24 Qr מֵאִתִּי of myself (cf. ἀπʼ ἐμαυτοῦ John 5:30; Kt is מִי אִתִּי who was with me?), 54:15 אֶפֶס מֵאוֹתִי not at my instance (cf. לֹא מִנִּי 30:1, לֹא מִמֶּנִּי Ho 8:4). d. of a place †1 K 6:33 (corrupt: read with 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 [partly] מְזוּזֹת רְבֻעוֹת, & cf. Ez 41:21). Note. אֵת expresses closer association than עִם: hence while מֵעִם sometimes denotes hardly more than from the surroundings or belongings of, מֵאֵת expresses from close proximity to. Thus Saul asks, מִי הָלַךְ מֵעִמָּנוּ who has gone from (those) about us? but Jacob, speaking of the loss of Joseph, says, Gn 44:28 וַיֵּצֵא הָאֶחָד מֵאִתִּי and the one is gone from with me. מֵאֵת is accordingly preferred to מֵעִם in the sense of origination or authorship; מאת is not usual in the sense of מֵעִם c, nor מֵעִם in the sense of מֵאֵת b.

גַּם768 adv. denoting addition, also, moreover, yea (Moab. id.: also Zinj. (Lzb250 Cooke166) prob. akin to √ جَمَّ; cf. جَمًّا (accus.) in a mass, altogether)— 1. also, moreover, emphasizing sometimes the thought of an entire sentence, but more usually the word immediately following, as Gn 3:6 וַתִּתֵּן גַּם לְאִישָׁהּ and gave also to her husband, v 27 and take also of the tree of life, 7:3; 19:21; 24:19; 26:21; 29:27; 30:15; 32:21 (גַּם הִגֵּה …: so Est 7:9) 48:11 Ex 8:28; 12:32 b Dt 1:37 1 S 28:20 2 S 11:12 2 K 9:27 Is 7:13 +. Often before pronouns, Gn 4:4 וְהֶבֶל הֵבִיא גַם הוּא and Abel, he also brought, 20:5 וְהִיא־גַס־הִוא (so only here) and she herself also, v 6 27:31 וַיַּעַשׂ גַּם הוּא, 30:3 Dt 3:20 Ju 3:31; 6:35; 9:19 1 S 19:20–24 Je 12:6; 48:26 etc. (cf. MI 6 ויאמר גם הא): especially in genealogies of J (BuUrg. 220) Gn 4:22, 26; 10:21; 19:38; 22:20, 24 cf. Ju 8:31. גַּם sq. pron. also begins a sentence with emph. in an elevated style, thou (they) also, Is 14:10 Je 12:6(×2); 48:7 Ez 16:52 Na 3:11(×2). After a pron. in an oblique case (Ges§ 135, 2) Gn 27:34 1 S 19:23 2 S 17:5 Je 25:14; 27:7 +. וְגַם and also (more often than גַּם alone attaching a sentence) Gn 6:4; 14:16; 15:14; 17:16; 20:12; 24:14, 46; 30:6; 37:7; 38:24; 42:28 Ex 2:19; 3:9; 4:14 Jos 7:11 (5 times) 1 S 4:17 1 K 21:19 + often; with a negative = neither Ex 5:2; 34:3 al.—גַּם … גַּם (like et … et) both … and Gn 44:16; 47:3, 19 Nu 18:3 Je 51:12 ψ 49:3 +: גַּם … גַּם … גַּם Gn 24:25 Ju 8:22 Ec 9:6: with a negative neither … nor Nu 23:25 1 S 20:27 1 K 3:26, and (3 times) Gn 43:8 Ex 4:10 1 S 28:6. So (but seldom) גַּם … וְגַם Gn 24:44 Ex 10:25 f. 1 S 2:26; 12:14; 26:25: with neg. 1 S 21:9.—N.B. In poetry independence and emphasis is sometimes given by גַּם to a new idea, where in English we should be satisfied with and: ψ 107:5; 137:1 Jb 24:19 Ct 7:14 La 4:15. 2. with stress on a particular word, even, Ex 4:9 Nu 22:33 גַּם אוֹתְךָ even thee I had slain, and kept her alive, 2 S 17:10 Je 2:33 ψ 132:12 Pr 14:13 even in laughter the heart is sorrowful, v 20 17:28; 20:11 Ru 2:15 Ne 3:35; and so often after כִּי, Dt 12:31 for even their sons they burn in the fire to their gods, 1 S 22:17 Is 26:12 Je 6:11; 12:6; 14:5 Ho 9:12 כִּי־גַם־אוֹי לָהֶם for even woe is it to them when I depart from them; הֲגַם †Gn 16:13 1 S 10:11, 12 = 19:24 1 K 17:20 ψ 78:20 Jb 41:1 Est 7:8. Other cases:—1 S 24:12 רְאֵה גַּם רְאֵה see yea see! (but HupQu. Job vi. גַּם רָאֹה: cf. infr.) ψ 118:11; Jb 2:10 גַּם אֶת־הַטּוֹב נְקַבֵּל shall we receive good (emph.) from God and not evil? 21:7; interposed once between a subst. and adj. Gn 20:4 gentemne etiam justam interficies? emphasizing כֹּל, Dt 28:61 Ju 9:49 b 1 S 22:7 גַּם־לְכֻלְּכֶם to all (emph.) of you will he give …? 2 S 19:31 גַּם אֶת־הַכֹּל יִקָּ֑ח yea, the whole let him take! Is 26:12; אֶחָד 2 S 17:12 b and we will not leave … גַּם אֶחָד even one (similarly v 13 b), ψ 14:3 (= 53:4) אֵין גַּם אֶחָד; an inf. or cogn. accus. attached to a verb, †Gn 31:15; 46:4 Nu 11:15; 16:13 1 S 1:6. גַּם שְׁנֵיהֶם lit. even both i.e. the one as well as the other (Germ. alle beide) is said idiomatically, †Gn 27:45 (שְׁנֵיכֶם), Dt 22:22; 23:19 1 S 25:43 (שְׁתֵּיהֶן), Pr 17:15; 20:10, 12 Ru 1:5. 3. introducing a climax, yea, especially in a rhetorical style, Gn 27:33 Dt 23:3, 4 Ju 5:4(×2) Is 13:3; 14:8; 43:13 yea, from to-day I am the same, 44:12 גַּם רָעֵב yea, he is hungry, and has no strength, 47:3; 48:8(×3); 57:7 Je 46:16; 48:2; 51:44 Ho 7:9 ψ 41:10; 84:7; 139:12; Is 66:8 כִּי־חָ֫לָה גַּם־יָֽלְדָה, צִיּוֹן אֶת־בָּנֶיהָ, Je 5:28; 12:2 Ez 24:5 Jb 21:7 Ct 8:1: emphasizing an extreme, or aggravated, case, yea, even, Is 49:15 yea, these may forget, Je 8:17 yea, the stork knoweth, etc., Is 23:12 גַּם שָׁם even there no rest shall be for thee (so ψ 139:10), 49:25; 57:6 Je 23:11 b Mal 3:15 ψ 84:4. 4. expressing correspondence, especially in the matter of retribution (the גַּם correlativum), so frequently גַּם אֲנִי, גַּם אָנֹכִי I also (on my part):—Gn 20:6 I also [as well as thyself] know that thou hast done this innocently, Jos 24:18 Ju 2:21 1 S 1:28 (cf. Dr) 28:22 גַּם אַתָּה thou also (as I have done v 21), 2 S 12:13 י׳ also [responding to thy confession] hath removed thy sin, 2 K 2:3, 5 Is 31:2; 66:3–4 (גם … גם, emphasizing the action of both parties), Je 2:36; 4:12 now will I also [in correspondence with their deeds] speak judgments with them, 7:11; 51:49 (גם … גם), Ez 5:8, 11; 16:43 (וְגַם = therefore also), 23:35 Ho 4:6 because thou hast forgotten the direction of thy God, I also (on my part) will forget thy children, ψ 52:7 (thou lovest evil, etc.) גַּם אֵל יִתָּצְךָ God also (on his part) will pluck thee up, 71:22; 133:1 Pr 1:26 Jb 7:11; 12:3; 16:4; so וְגַם Ju 2:3 Am 4:6, 7 Mi 6:13 Mal 2:9. In the apodosis (uncommon): Gn 13:16 if a man could number the dust of the earth, גַּם זַרְעֲךָ יִמָּנֶה thy seed also should be numbered, Je 31:36, 37; 33:21, 26 Zc 8:6. The correspondence is sometimes of the nature of a climax: Gn 27:33; 30:8 I have wrestled, גַּם יָכֹלְתִּי (cf. 1 K 22:22 וְגַם תּוּכָ֔ל, Je 50:24), Is 66:8. 5. connecting two ideas which express (or imply) a contradiction, גַּם acquires sometimes an adversative force (cf. אַף 1 end), yet, but, though: ψ 95:9 they tried me, but also (Che) saw my work (viz. of judgment), 129:2 Je 6:15 = 8:12 Ez 20:23 Ec 4:8, 16; 5:18 Ne 6:1. So וְגַם Ez 16:28; 20:15 Ec 3:13; 6:7 Ne 5:8. 6. גַּם כִּי (with impf.) yea, when La 3:8, even when Pr 22:6; yea though (stating an imagined case) Is 1:15 Ho 8:10; 9:16 ψ 23:4 (so גַּם אִם Ec 8:17); also (is it) that Ru 2:21 (v כִּי 1 d). כִּי גַם = for even (v. supr. 2); = though even, although (conceding a fact) Ec 4:14 (v De) 8:12.

I. כֵּן adv. so, thus (Ph. NH 𝔗 id.; Syriac ܟܶܢ is then, Arabic لٰكِنْ, لٰكِنَّ, but: prob. from the demonstr. √ ka, found in כִּי etc., Köii 1, 254); (הִיא) כֶּן־הוּא Gn 44:10 + 4 times: so thus (i.e. usually, as has been described or commanded, with ref. to what has preceded), mostly of manner, but sometimes also of quantity, quality, or degree: 1. a. Ju 5:31 כן יאבדו so perish thy enemies, Jb 5:27 כֶּן־הִיא, 8:13 כן ארחות כל שׁכחי אל, Pr 6:29; 8:13; 2 S 16:23 Is 36:6; 47:15 כן היו לך, Nu 13:33 וכן היינו בעיניהם; Nu 9:16 כן יהיה תמיד; Ex 10:14, 14 לא היה כן ארבה כמהו וג׳ (i.e. in such numbers), 1 K 10:12 לא בא כן עצי אלמגים, v 20 2 Ch 1:12, 12, Ju 21:14 ולא מצאו להם כן and they did not suffice for them so (viz. in such numbers of them as there were); 1 K 6:26 וכן הכרוב השׁני, Ez 41:7 (?); וכן ל׳ Ex 27:11 1 K 10:29 Ez 40:16 2 Ch 35:12, cf. 1 Ch 23:30; כן ל׳ Ex 25:33 (cf. 26:24), Jos 21:40. b. the force of כֵּן has sometimes to be elicited from the context: 1 K 2:7 כי כן קרבו אלי (sc. with kindness such as that enjoined in v a), 20:40 כן משׁפטך, Je 14:10 כן אהבו לנוע (i.e. not less than י׳ has withdrawn from them v 9, Gf Ke; Gie proposes אָכֵן), ψ 61:9 כֵּן אֲוַמְּרָה שִׁמְךָ (Hi כְּצִדְקְךָ, implied in v 6–8), 63:3 כֵּן בַּקֹּדֶשׁ חֲזִיתִךָ (sc. with the longings of v 2), v 5 כֵּן אֲבָרֶכְךָ בְחַיָּי (sc. כִּי־טוֹב חַסְדְּךָ v 4), 65:10 כִּי כֵן תְּכִינֶהָ (i.e. so generously, v 10), 90:12 לִמְנוֹת יָמֵינוּ כֵּן הוֹדַע (Hi כְּיִרְאַת י׳ v 11), 127:2 כֵּן יִּתֵּן לִידִידוֹ שֵׁנָא (sc. as abundantly; but Che אָכֵן), Pr 24:14 (see v 13), Is 52:14 כֵּן מִשְׁחַת מֵאִישׁ מַרְאֵהוּ (sufficiently to justify שׁממו עליך רבים). c. כן occurs freq. in partic. phrases, as (a) with הָיָה, especially ויהי כן and it was so Gn 1:7, 9, 11 +, 2 K 2:10 if thou seest me taken from thee יהי־לך כן let it be to thee so (sc. as thou desirest), 7:20, with עשׂה (especially וַיַּעַשׂ, וַיַּעֲשׂוּ) Gn 29:28; 42:20; 45:21 + often, Ju 7:16 מִמֶּנִּי תִרְאוּ וְכֵן תַּעֲשׂוּ, + ל׳ Gn 42:25 ויעשׂ להם כן, Ex 22:29; 23:11 כן תעשׂה ל׳, Dt 22:3 2 S 12:31 1 K 11:8 (cf. 6:33; 7:18); Gn 29:26 לא יֵעָשֶׂה כן במקומנו, 34:7 2 S 13:12; rarer usages, דִּבֶּר כֵּן Ex 6:9, אמר כן 1 K 22:8 כֵּן אמרתם Ez 11:5; 33:10, אָמֵן כֵּן יֹאמַר י׳ 1 K 1:36 (cf. Je 28:6), וגם שׁאול אבי יֹדֵעַ כֵּן 1 S 23:17; אָהֵב כֵּן (idiom.) to love (it) so, †Je 5:31 Am 4:5; (b) Gn 50:3 כי כן ימלאו ימי החנֻטים (cf. Ju 14:10 2 S 13:18 Est 2:12); (c) alone, אִם כֵּן if it be so †Gn 25:22; 43:11; †וַיִּרְאוּ כִּי־כֵן 1 S 5:7, יָדַעְתִּי כִּי־כֵן Jb 9:2; (d) לא כן not so (viz. as has been described or implied), with a subst. Nu 12:7 לא כן עבדי משׁה, 2 S 20:21; 23:5 ψ 1:4 Jb 9:35 b כי־לא־כן אנכי עמדי not so am I with myself (i. e. I am not conscious of being one who would fear him, v a), with a vb. Dt 18:14 ואתה לא כן נתן לך י׳ (not so,—viz. as implied in v a), 2 S 18:14 Is 10:7 לא כן יְדַמֶּה, לא כן יחשׁב, absol. Gn 48:18 לא כן אבי, Ex 10:11. 2. Often, to emphasize the agreement, in answer to כְּ, and כַּאֲשֶׁר: viz. a. כְּ … כֵּן, (a) Gn 44:10 = Jos 2:21 כדבריכם כֶּן־הוּא, according to your words, so be it, 1 S 25:25 כי כשׁמו כֶּן־הוּא, ψ 48:11 Pr 23:7 כֶּן־הוּא (after conj. כְּמוֹ), Ez 42:11 כְּאָרְכָּן כֵּן רָחְבָּן; (b) Lv 27:12 כְּעֶרְכְּךָ כֵּן יִהְיֶה, 2 S 13:35 Nu 8:4; 9:14; 15:20 Dt 8:20 Ju 11:10, so after כְּפִי Nu 6:21; (c) כְּכֹל … כֵּן … 1 S 8:8 2 S 7:17 Je 42:5; (d) in similes, (α) 2 S 14:17 כמלאך הא׳ כן אדני המלך, Je 18:6 ψ 123:2; 127:4 Pr 10:26; 26:8, 19; 27:8, 19 Ct 2:2, 3; (β) Jo 2:4 כְּפָרָשִׁים כֵּן יְרוּצוּן, Is 31:5 38:14 ψ 103:15 Pr 26:1, 2; (γ) ψ 42:2 כאיל תערג … כן נפשׁי וג׳ like the hind which etc., 83:16 Is 61:11; 63:14 Jb 7:3, so after כמו Is 26:17; (δ) Je 2:26 כְּבשֶׁת גַּנָּב … כֵּן הוֹבִישׁוּ 6:7; 34:5 (read כְּמשׂרפות), Ez 22:22 (cf. v 20), 23:44; 34:12; cf. (of degree) 35:15 (om. 𝔊 Co), Ho 4:7 כְּרֻכָּם כֵּן חָֽטְאוּ לִי. Of time (rare) Ho 6:3 (?), 1 S 9:13 כְּבֹאֲכֶם הָעִיר כֵּן תִּמְצְאוּן אֹתוֹ. b. †Ezr 10:12 כן כדבריך עלינו לעשׂות. c. כַּאֲשֶׁר … כֵּן …, (a) Ex 7:6 כאשׁר צוה י׳ כן עשׂו, 12:28, 50; 39:43 (cf. 27:8), Nu 8:22 (cf. 5:4), 17:26; 36:10 Jos 14:5 (all P); Gn 41:13 כאשׁר פתר כן היה, Jos 10:1, 39; 11:15 Ju 1:7; 15:11 b ψ 48:9; (b) (freq.) Nu 2:17 כאשׁר יַחֲנוּ כֵּן יִסָּ֑עוּ, Ex 1:12 (of degree = the more … the more) כַּאֲשֶׁר יְעַנּוּ אֹתוֹ כֵּן יִרְבֶּה וְכֵן יִפְרֹץ; (c) Gn 6:22 ככל אשׁר צוה אתו אלהים כן עשׂה, Ex 39:32, 42; 40:16 Nu 1:54; 2:34; 8:20; 9:5 (all P), cf. Ex 25:9 (וְכֵן), simil. 2 S 9:11 2 K 16:11, cf. Jos 1:17 Je 42:20; (d) Ex 27:8 כאשׁר הֶרְאָה אתך כן יעשׂו, 2 S 16:19 1 K 2:38 Is 20:4; 52:14f.; with the same vb. repeated Lv 24:19, 20 Dt 28:63 כאשׁר שׂשׂ … כן ישׂישׂ, Jos 23:15; 1 S 15:33; 26:24 1 K 1:37 Is 10:11 Je 5:19; 31:28; 32:42; 42:18 Ez 12:11; 20:36 Zc 7:13 Pr 24:29; Nu 14:28 אם לא כאשׁר דברתם כן אעשׂה, Is 14:24, so after הלא 10:11, after asseverative כי 2 S 3:9 1 K 1:30; so כָּל־עֻמַּת שֶׁ׳ … כֵּן † Ec 5:15; (e) Ju 7:17 b כאשׁר אעשׂה כן תעשׂון, Lv 27:14 Nu 15:14, cf. Je 39:12; (f) in similes, Dt 12:22; 22:26 Am 3:12 Is 65:8 Je 13:11. †d. כן כאשׁר …, (a) Ex 7:10 ויעשׂו כן כאשׁר צוה י׳, v 20 Jos 4:8 2 S 5:25 Ez 12:7, cf. Gn 50:12 Nu 8:3; iron. Am 5:14 יהי כן י׳ אתּכם כאשׁר אמרתם, Ex 10:10; (b) Gn 18:5 כן תעשׂה כאשׁר דברת, Ne 5;12.—Occasionally in poetry כאשׁר is not expressed: Is 54:9 (De), 55:9 Je 3;20 Jb 7:9 Ho 11:2 קראו להם כן הלכו מפניהם (of degree: so = in the same proportion), ψ 48:6 המה ראו כן תמהו (i.e. in the same measure that they saw); Je 33:22 (according to many, but dub.; read prob. כאשׁר Gie) it is represented by אשׁר (so Is 54:9 Hi Ew Di): Ju 5:15 Ez 22:20 כ is not expressed. Na 1:12 is prob. corrupt; Zc 11:11 for כן עניי read כְּנַעֲנֵי.—כֹּה, כָּכָה, כָּזֹאת are syn., but differ considerably in usage. 3. With prepositions:— a. אַחַר־כֵּן, אַחֲרֵי־כֵן, מֵאַחֲרֵי־כֵן, lit. after so, i. e. afterwards: v. אַחַר" dir="rtl" >אַחַר. b. †בְּכֵן (late), lit. in such circumstances, i.e. thereupon, then, Ec 8;10 Est 4:16 (𝔗 בְּכֵין often for אָז; e.g. Ex 15:1; SyriacJerus. ܒܟܢ = τότε). c. †כְּמוֹ־כֵן Is 51:6, according to some, like so, i.e. (Vrss Rabb) in like manner, or (De) like this (accompanied by a contemptuous gesture) = like a mere nothing: but v. iv. כֵּן⁷" dir="rtl" >כֵּן. d. לָכֵן200 according to such conditions, that being so, therefore Nu 16:11 1 S 27:6 ψ 16:9; 73:6, 10; especially in proph., where it often introduces, after statement of the grounds, a divine declaration or command: Ju 10:13 2 K 1:6 Am 4:12 Is 5:13, 14, 24; 7:14; 10:16; 16:7; 27:9 Je 6:15; 8:10 etc.; לכן כה אמר י׳ 2 K 21:12 Is 10:24; 28:16; 29:22; 30:12; 37:33 Je 5:14; 6:21 + often; sq. נאם האדון Is 1:24; נאם י׳ 1 S 2:30 Je 2:9; לכן הנה ימים באים נאם י׳ Je 7:32; 16:14; 19:6 +; לכן חי אני נאם י׳ Ez 5:11; 35:6, 11 Zp 2:9; לכן הנני … 1 K 14:10 Ho 2:8, 16 Is 29:14 Je 16:21 Ez 16:37; 22:19 b; 25:4, 7, 9 +; לכן אֱמֹר †Ex 6:6 Nu 25:12 (both P), Ez 11:16, 17; 14:6; 20:30; 33:25; 36:22; לָכֵן דַּבֵּר † Ez 14:4; 20:27; לָכֵן הִנָּבֵא †Ez 11:4; 36:3, 6; 37:12; 38:14; לָכֵן שִׁמְעוּ … Is 28:14; 51:21 Je 6:18; 44:26 +. In answer to יען, Nu 20:12 (P), 1 K 14:10 2 K 1:16; 21:12; 22:20 Is 29:14; 30:13 Je 19:6 +, Ez 5:8 13:23 +; so, once, וְלָכֵן Is 8:7; to כי Is 28:16 Je 35:17; על Je 9:14; אם 23:38; 42:15. Special usages:—(a) idiom., in conversation, in reply to an objection, to state the ground upon which the answer is made; Gn 4:15 therefore—this being so—whoso killeth Cain, etc., 30:15 Ju 8:7; 11:8 1 S 28:2 1 K 22:19 Jb 20:2 (𝔊 in Gn K Jb, not perceiving the idiom, renders οὐχ οὕτως (as though לא־כן): so also strangely, elsewhere, as 1 S 3:14 2 K 1:4, 6; 21:12). (b) inferring the cause from the effect, or developing what is logically involved in a statement, Is 26:14 b (cf. De) therefore thou hast visited and destroyed them (not a consequence of v a ‘the dead rise not,’ but the development of what is implicit in it), 61:7 Je 2:33; 5:2 (because viz. אין אמונה v 1), Jb 34:25; 42:3.—Zc 11:7 read לִכְנַעֲנֵי הַצֹּאן. e. †עַד־כֵּן hitherto (of time), as yet Ne 2:16. f. עַל־כֵּן145 upon ground of such conditions, therefore (introducing, more generally than לָכֵן, the statement of a fact, rather than a declaration: never used in the phrases noted under לָכֵן), Gn 20:6; 42:21 Ex 5:8, 17; 16:29; 20:11 1 S 20:29; 28:18 2 S 7:22, 27 1 K 20:23 Is 5:25; 9:16; 13:7, 13; 15:4, 7; 16:9, 11; 17:10; 21:3 Je 5:6, 27; 10:21; 12:8; 20:11; 31:3, 20 Ez 7:20; 22:4; 31:5 etc., ψ 1:5; 42:7; 45:3 c (the poet’s inference from v a. b), v 8 110:7 Jb 6:3; 9:22; 17:4; 20:21 etc., Ct 1:3; and regularly where the origin of a name, or custom, or proverb is assigned, Gn 2:24 על־כן יעזב אישׁ וג׳, 10:9 על־כן יֵאָמַ֔ר, 11:9 על־כן קרא שׁמה בבל, 16:14; 19:22; 21:31; 25:30; 26:33; 29:34, 35; 30:6; 32:33; 47:22 Ex 13:15; 15:23 Nu 18:24; 21:14, 27 Dt 10:9 (cf. 15:11, 15; 19:7; 24:18, 22), Jos 7:26; 14:14 Ju 15:19; 18:12 1 S 5:5; 10:12; 23:28 (? read so 27:6) 2 S 5:8, 20 etc.; הַעַל־כֵּן †Hb 1:17.—Est 9:26 the 2nd על כן (unless dittogr.) points unusually onwards to על כל דברי האגרת on this account, on account, viz., etc.

ἀλλά, conjunction, originally neuter plural of ἄλλος, otheruise: used adversatively to limit or oppose words, sentences, or clauses, stronger than δέ: __I in simple oppositions, but, __I.1 after negative clauses, οὐ κακός, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθόςRefs 8th c.BC+ __I.1.b after a simple negative, ἦ παραφρονεῖ; οὔκ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνος μ᾽ ἔχειRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.1.c frequently after οὐ μόνον, μὴ μόνον, with or without καί, οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, ἀ. πολλάκιςRefs 5th c.BC+, either, not only.. but.., μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέαRefs 5th c.BC+; or, not only not.. but.., οὐχ ὅπως κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. περιόψεσθεRefs 5th c.BC+; the negative form is ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, μὴ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ δίκην εἴρηκαRefs 4th c.BC+ __I.2 in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences, still, at least, εἴπερ γάρ τε.. ἀλλά τεRefs 8th c.BC+; εἰ μή (i.e. ὁρῶ), ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούω γε, Refs 5th c.BC+ may be in juxtaposition, εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμίNT+8th c.BC+; εἰ καὶ μετέχουσι.. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __I.2.b after Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐὰν οὖν ἀ. νῦν γ᾽ ἔτι, i.e.ἐὰν οὖν [μὴἄλλοτε], ἀ. νῦν γε.. if then now at least ye still.., Refs 5th c.BC+:—without an adverb of Time, at least, ἡ δ᾽ ἀ. πρός σε μικρὸν εἰπάτω μόνονRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.3 sometimes = ἀλλ᾽ ἤ (which see), except, but, οὔτι μοι αἴτιος ἄλλος, ἀ... τοκῆε no one else, but.., Refs 8th c.BC+: compare reverse process in our word but=be out, except:—sometimes with force of ἤ after comparatives, τάφον, οὐκ ἐν ᾧ κεῖνται μᾶλλον, ἀ.ἐν ᾧ ἡ δόξα κτλ. not that in which they are lying, but far more.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.4 with negative after an affirmative word or clause, to be rendered simply by not, ἀγαθῶν, ἀ. οὐχὶ κακῶν αἴτιονRefs 5th c.BC+ __I.4.b without negative, μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀ. μαχητήςRefs 8th c.BC+ __II to oppose whole sentences,but, yet: __II.1 frequently in transitions, as Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. οὐδ᾽ ὥς.. Refs 8th c.BC+ in answers and objections, nay but.., well but.., frequently with negatives, especially in making and answering objections, Refs 5th c.BC+; also in affirmative answers, Refs 5th c.BC+:—repeated in a succession of questions or objections, πότερον ᾔτουν σέ τι..; ἀ. ἀπῄτου; ἀ. περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενο; ἀ. μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. μήν.., answered by ἀ.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.2 with imperative or subjunctive, to remonstrate, encourage, persuade, etc., frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+; answered by a second ἀ., ἀ. περιμένετε. ἀ. περιμενοῦμενRefs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 to break off a subject abruptly, ἀ. τά γε Ζεὺς οἶδενRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. ταῦτα μὲν τί δεῖλέγει; Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 in resuming an address after parenthesis, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.5 in elliptical phrases, οὐ μὴν ἀ., οὐ μέντοι ἀ... it is not [so], but.., ὁ ἵππος πίπτει καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν ἐξετραχήλισεν· οὐ μὴν [ἐξετραχήλισεν] ἀ. ἐπέμεινεν ὁ Κῦρος it did not however [throw him], but.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __III when joined with other Particles, each retains proper force, as, __III.1 ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα, used by Refs 8th c.BC+; later, to introduce an objection, Refs 5th c.BC+; in questions,ἀλλ᾽ ἆρα..; Refs __III.2 ἀλλ᾽ οὖν, concessive, at all events, Refs 5th c.BC+; well then, Refs 5th c.BC+; but then, however, with γε following, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.3 ἀλλὰ γάρ, frequently with words between, but really, certainly, as ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω.., παύσω γόους, but this is irregular for ἀλλά, Κρέοντα γὰρ λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, Refs 5th c.BC+; for the regular orderRefs 8th c.BC+ only with negatives, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. γὰρ δή, ἀ. γάρ τοι, Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.4 ἀ. εἰ.. quid si.. ? Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.5 ἀ. ἦ in questions, chiefly of surprise or remonstrance, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομε; Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.6 ἀ. followed by strengthening Particle, ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖταιRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλά τοιRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀ. μέντοι, with or without γε, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀ. μήν, see at {μή; ἀ. δή}, mostly with words between, Refs 5th c.BC+; without intervening words, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV = et quidem, Refs 6th c.AD+

† כַּאֲשֶׁר conj. according as, as, when (cf. for the combin. Aramaic כְּדִי, כַּר)— 1. according to that which, according as, as: a. Gn 34:12 I will give כאשׁר תאמרו אלי according as ye shall (or may) say unto me, 44:1 Ex 8:23 Nu 22:8 1 S 2:16; Gn 34:22 if we are circumcised כאשׁר הם נמולים; 41:21 כאשׁר בתחלה as at the beginning, so כ׳ בראשׁונה Jos 8:5, 6 2 S 7:10; Ex 5:13 כאשׁר בהיות התבן: Gn 7:9 they came in two by two כאשׁר צוה אלהים, as God commanded Noah; so, or similarly, very often, especially in P, v 16 8:21; 12:4; 17:23; 21:1(×2) Ex 16:24; 39:1, 5, 7 Nu 3:16, 42 etc.; כאשׁר דבר י׳ Dt 1:21; 2:1; 6:3, 19 + often Dt. b. answered, for increased emph., by כֵּן (cf. כְּ 2 d), Gn 50:12 ויעשׂו כן כאשׁר צִוָּם, Ex 7:10, 20; Gn 18:5 (J) כן תעשׂה כאשׁר דברת, Ex 10:10 (iron.), Am 5:14 (do.); in opp. order, Ju 1:7 כאשׁר עשׂיתי כן שׁלם לי, Ex 7:6 כאשׁר צוה י׳ כן עשׂו, cf. 12:28, 50; 39:43 Nu 5:4; 17:26; 36:10 (all P); with impf. (freq.) Nu 2:17 (P) כאשׁר יחנו כן יסעו; of degree = the more … the more, Ex 1:12 וכאשׁר יענּו אתו כן ירבה וכן יפרץ, cf. 17:11 (JE) והיה כאשׁר ירים … וגבר ישׁר׳ according as he held up, etc., Israel prevailed; in an oath or solemn promise, Nu 14:28 אם לא כאשׁר דברתם כן אעשׂה, Dt 28:63 (Je 31:28), 1 K 1:30 Is 10:11; 14:24; 52:14 f. + (v. כֵּן 2 b). c. answered by וַ· (Dr§ 127 γ) †Ex 16:34 Nu 1:19. d. often in similes (sq. impf. of habit) Ex 33:11 כאשׁר ידבר אישׁ אל רעהו, Nu 11:12 Dt 1:44 Is 9:2; 66:20 +, answered by כֵּן Is 31:4; 55:10; 66:22 Am 3:12 +; a second verb is, in such cases, in the pf. with וְ consec. (Dr§115) Dt 22:26 Is 29:8 כאשׁר יחלם … והקיץ, 65:8 Am 5:19. e. הָיָה כַּאֲשֶׁר (cf. כְּ הָיָה) to be as if, Jb 10:19 כאשׁר לא הייתי אהיה, Zc 10:6 והיו כאשׁר לא זנחתים. 2. with a causal force, in so far as, since (Germ. demgemäss dass), Gn 26:29 if thou doest us no harm כאשׁר לא נגענוך according as, in so far as, we have not touched thee; Nu 27:14 כאשׁר מריתם פ׳ inasmuch as ye have defied my mouth, Ju 6:27 1 S 28:18 (answered by על כן), 2 K 17:26 Mi 3:4. 3. with a temporal force, when, Gn 18:33 and Y. went away כאשׁר כלה when he had finished, etc., 32:3, 32 1 S 8:6 2 S 12:21 +; answered by וַ· (Dr§ 127 β), 1 S 6:6; 12:8; ויהי כאשׁר … and it came to pass, when … Gn 12:11; 20:13; 24:22, 52; 27:30 Ex 32:19 + often; Gn 43:14 כאשׁר שׁכלתי שׁכלתי when I am bereaved, I am bereaved! an expression of resignation, so Est 4:16 כאשׁר אבדתי אבדתי. Jos 2:7 אחרי כאשׁר is a ‘conflate’ reading, omit either אחרי or כ. Of future time, Gn 27:40; 40:14 כאשׁר ייטב לך, Ho 7:12 Ec 4:17; 5:3, and without a verb Is 23:5 כאשׁר שׁמע למצרים.—Mi 3:3 כאשׁר is simply as that which, Jb 29:25 as one who.

תַּ֫חַת n.[m.] the under part (Arabic تَحْتٌ id.), hence as adv. accus. and prep. underneath, below, instead of (so Arabic تَحْتَ, Sab. תחת, Ethiopic ታሕት: Ph. תחת (Lzb385); Biblical Aramaic 𝔗 תְּחוֹת, Palm. in מן לתחת Tariff 1:4 (Cooke 320), Syriac ܬܚܽܘܬ );— I. as adv. accus. †Gn 49:25 (= Dt 33:13) the deep רֹבֶצֶת תָּ֑חַת that coucheth beneath; more usually with מִן, מִתָּחַת lit. off (מִן 1 c) the under part = beneath, †Ex 20:4 (= Dt 5:8) בָּאָרֶץ מִתָּ֑חַת (so Dt 4:39; Jos 2:11; 1 K 8:23 [both D2], Is 51:6), Dt 33:27; Ju 7:8; Am 2:9; Is 14:9; Jb 18:16;Ez 47:1b. II. as prep.; so cstr., and with sf. (usually in the pl., and so lit. in the parts underneath) תַּחְתַּי Hb 3:16 +, תַּחְתֵּנִי (cf. בַּעֲדֵנִי, עוֹדֶנִּי: Ges§ 103 d) †2 S 22:37, 40, 48 (ψ 18:37, 40, 48 תַּחְתָּ֑י); תַּחְתֶּיךָ; תַּחְתָּיו (Kt תַּחְתּוֹ †2 S 2:23; 3:12; 16:8 Jb 9:13), תַּחְתֶּיהָ Lv 13:23 + 16 times, תַּחְתֶּ֫נָּה (cf. אֵינֶנַּה, עוֹדֶנָּה) †Gn 2:21; תַּחְתֵּינוּ †1 S 14:9 ψ 47:4; תַּחְתֵּיכֶם †Jos 2:14; Am 2:13; תַּחְתֵּיהֶם †Nu 16:31; 1 K 20:24; 1 Ch 4:41; 5:22; 2 Ch 12:10 (for תַּחְתָּם 1 K 14:27), תַּחְתָּם Dt 2:12 + 10 times, תַּחְתֵּיהֶן †Je 28:13;— 1. under, beneath, Gn 7:19 תַּחַת כָּל־ הַשָּׁמַיִם under the whole heaven (so †Dt 2:25; 4:19; Jb 28:24; 37:3; 41:3; Dn 9:12), 18:4 ת׳ הָעֵץ, 21:15; 24:2 + often; Jb 30:14 תּ׳ שׁוֹאָה under the crash they roll themselves against me; ת׳ הַשֶּׁמֶשׁ Ec 1:3, 9, 13 + often Ec. (so in Ph., Cooke 4. 7; 5. 12). With לְ, †2 Ch 4:3 תַּחַת לוֹ, Ct 2:6 = 8:3 ת׳ לְרֹאשִׁי. Idiom. a. תַּחַת הָהָר at the foot of the mt., Ex 24:4; Dt 4:11, so 3:17 ת׳ אַשְׁדֹּת הַפִּסְגָּה, Jos 11:3, 17 +; fig. ψ 18:37 תַּרְחִיב צְעָדַי תַּחְתָּ֑י thou broadenest my steps under me, Jb 36:16 רַחַב לֹא מוּצָק תַּחְתֶּיךָ (so read for תחתיה, Di Bu) breadth unstraitened is beneath thee. b. ת׳ הַלָּשׁוֹן, of something held there as a dainty morsel, and ready, when needed, to be brought out, fig. of sweetness Ct 4:11, of evil ψ 10:7 ת׳ לְשֹׁנוֹ עָמָל וָאָוֶן, Jb 20:12 (so ת׳ שְׂפָתֵימוֹ ψ 140:4), of praise ψ 66:17 וְרוֹמַם ת׳ לְשׁוֹנִי (syn. בִּגְרוֹנָם 149:6). c. תַּחַת פ׳: (a) of subjection, ψ 18:40 תַּכְרִיעַ קָמַי תַּחְתָּ֑י, v 48 (cf. 47:4; 144:2), 45:6; Jb 9:13. (b) of a woman, ת׳ אִישָׁהּ, i.e. under his authority, Nu 5:19, 20, 29, so Ez 23:5 תַּחְתַּי being under me = being mine (fig. of Israel as י׳’s spouse), cf. ὕπανδρος Rom 7:2, and تَحْت Ḳor 66:10. (c) of being burdened or oppressed under, Is 24:5 the earth הָֽנְפָה ת׳ יֽשְׁבֶיהָ, Pr 30:12 ת׳ שָׁלוֹשׁ רָֽגְזָה אֶרֶץ, v 22, 23; Hb 3:7 ת׳ אָוֶן i.e. (si vera l.) suffering under calamity. d. ת׳ יַד פ׳, of authority or control, Gn 41:35 וְיִצְבְּרוּ בָר ת׳ יַד פַּרְעֹה; Ju 3:30 (cf. ψ 106:42), 1 S 21:4, 5 (del. אֶל; dittogr. חֹל), v 9 Is 3:6. e. ת׳ רַגְלֵי פ׳, of subjection or conquest, ψ 8:7 כֹּל שַׁתָּה ת׳ רַגְלָיו, 18:39; 47:4; La 3:34, cf. Mal 3:21. 2. what is under one, the place in which one stands: hence as accus., a. with reflex. pron., idiom., in one’s place, where one stands, Ex 16:29 שְׁבוּ אִישׁ תַּחְתָּיו abide every one in his place, Lv 13:23, 28; Jos 5:8; 6:5, 20; Ju 7:21; 1 S 14:9 וְעָמַדְנוּ תַחְתֵּינוּ we will remain where we are, 2 S 2:23 וַיָּמָת תַּחְתָּו he died where he was (cf. Je 38:9 [read וּמֵת]), 7:10; Is 25:10; 46:7; Am 2:13; Hb 3:16 וְתַחְתַּי אֶרְגָּ֑ז I tremble where I stand, Zc 12:6; 14:10; Jb 36:20; 40:12 וַהֲדֹךְ רְשָׁעִים תַּחְתָּם b. in transferred sense, in place of, instead of: (a) Gn 2:21; 4:25 ת׳ הֶבֶל instead of Abel, 22:13 ת׳ בְּנוֹ, 30:2 הֲת׳ אלהים אנכי (cf. 50:19), 44:33; 2 S 19:1 + often; Nu 32:14; Jb 16:4; Is 3:24; 55:13; 61:3, 7; of one succeeding to the place of another, וַיִּמְלֹךְ תַּחְתָּיו Gn 36:33–39; 1 K 8:20; 11:43; 14:20 + often, Dt 2:12, 21 וַיֵּֽשְׁבוּ תַחְתָּם, Lv 16:32; 1 K 2:35 +; ψ 45:17 in place of thy fathers (whom thou mayest therefore forget) will be thy children. cf. in Ph. CIS i. 3, 9 (Cooke30). Sq. inf. Is 60:15 ת׳ הֱיוֹתֵךְ instead of thy being … Peculiarly Jb 34:26 (si vera l.) = as if they were, like; but text very dubious; Bi Bu תָּחֵת חֲמָתוֹ רְשָׁעִ֑ים his wrath breaketh in pieces the wicked. (b) in partic., of things mutually interchanged, in place of, in exchange or return for: Gn 30:15 ת׳ דּוּדָאֵי בְנֵךְ in return for thy son’s love-apples, Ex 21:23 נֶפֶשׁ ת׳ גֶפְשׁ life for life, v 24, 25, 26, 27, 36, 37, Jos 2:14 נַפְשֵׁנוּ תַחְתֵּיכֶם לָמוּת, 1 S 2:20; 1 K 20:39 נפשׁך ת׳ נפשׁו, v 42 (cf. 2 K 10:24), 21:2; Is 43:3, 4; often with vbs. of requiting, Gn 44:4 לָ֫מָּה שִׁלַּמְתֶּם רָעָה ת׳ טוֹבָם why have ye rewarded evil in exchange for good? 1 S 25:21; 2 S 16:12; 19:22 ψ 35:12 יְשַׁלְּמוּנִי רָעָה ת׳ טוֹבָה, 38:21 a 109:4, 5; Pr 17:13 +; Je 5:19 תַּחַת מֶה in return for what? (cf. עַל־מֶה 22:8; Dt 29:23; 1 K 9:8). So sq. inf. ψ 38:21 b. †3. as conj.: a. תַּחַת אֲשֶׁר: (a) instead of that (Germ. anstatt dass), Dt 28:62 ת׳ א׳ הֱיִיתֶם instead of that ye were …, instead of your being …, Ez 36:34. (b) in return for (the fact) that, because that 𝔊 ἀνθʼ ὧν often), Nu 25:13 ת׳ אֲשֶׁר קִנָּא לא׳, Dt 21:14; 22:29; 28:47; 1 S 26:21; 2 K 22:17 = 2 Ch 34:25; Is 53:12; Je 29:19; 50:7; 2 Ch 21:12. b. תַּחַת כִּי Dt 4:37 (but? read וַתֶּֽחִי׃ as end of v 36), Pr 1:29. cf. (כִּי) אֲשֶׁר" dir="rtl" >עֵקֶב אֲשֶׁר. III. compounds:— †1. אֶל־תַּחַת, after a vb. of motion: a. (in) under, Ju 6:19 וַיּוֹצֵא אֶל־ת׳ הָאֵלָה, 1 K 8:6 (‖ 2 Ch 5:7), Je 3:6; 38:11 (on 1 S 21:5 v. II. 1 d); after קָרָא Zc 3:10: so אֶל־ת׳ לְ׳ Ez 10:2. b. into the place of, Lv 14:42. 2. מִתַּחַת (= ὑπʼ ἐκ): a. alone, from under, from beneath, as מִתַּחַת הַשָּׁמַיִם †Gn 1:7, and especially after such vbs. as שִׁחֵת 6:17, מָחָה Ex 17:14; Dt 9:14; 25:19; 29:19; 2 K 14:27, הֶאֱבִיד Dt 7:24, cf. La 3:66; Ez 47:1a מִתּ׳ מִפְתַּן הַבַּיִת, Pr 22:27 לָ֫מָּה יִקַּח מִשְׁכָּֽבְךָ מִתַּחְתֶּיךָ; Ex 6:6, 7 מִתּ׳ סִבְלוֹת מִצְרַיִם, Ho 4:12 וַיִּזְנוּ מִתּ׳ אֱלֹהֵיהֶם (cf. II. 1 c a, b); מִתּ׳ יַד פ׳ (cf. II. 1 d) from under the hand (power) of … Ex 18:10; 2 K 8:20, 22; 13:5; 17:7 +; מִתַּחְתָּיו (cf. II. 2 a) from his place Ex 10:23; Zc 6:12. Rarely = תַּחַת or מִתַּחַת לְ׳, Gn 1:7 (P) Ez 1:8; 42:9; 46:23; Jb 26:5. b. מִתַּחַת לְ׳ (opp. מִמַּעַל לְ׳) under, beneath: Gn 1:17 הַמַּיִם אֲשֶׁר מִתּ׳ לָרָקִיעַ, Ex 20:4 הַמַּיִם מִתַּחַת לָאָרֶץ (so Dt 4:18; 5:8), Ju 3:16 מִתּ׳ לְמַדָּיו, Je 38:12 +; of locality, †Gn 35:8 מִתּ׳ לְבֵיתְאֵל, 1 S 7:11; 1 K 4:12. c. †לְמִתַּחַת לְ׳ (cf. מִן 9 b), i.q. מִתַּחַת לְ׳ 1 K 7:32.

εἰ, Attic dialect-Ionic dialect and Refs 4th c.AD+ ἤ Refs in Epic dialect:— Particle used interjectionally with imperative and to express a wish, but usually either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μ; in the latter, οὐ. __A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Refs 8th c.BC+, come now! with imperative, εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.2 in wishes, with optative, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν Refs; so later, εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα Refs 8th c.BC+; of unattained wishes, in Refs 8th c.BC+; later with past tenses of indicative, εἰ γάρ μ᾽ ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν Refs 4th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε.. Refs 8th c.BC+infinitive (compare the use of infinitive in commands), αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι Refs __A.2.b εἴθε, Epic dialect αἴθε, is frequently used in wishes in the above constructions, εἴθε οἱ αὐτῷ Ζεὺς ἀγαθὸν τελέσειεν Refs 8th c.BC+: later with infinitive, γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι Refs 1st c.BC+ __A.2.c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον (Epic dialect ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes, αἴθ᾽ ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.2.d followed by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης.. Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use), εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Refs 8th c.BC+ __B IN CONDITIONS, if: __B.I with INDIC., __B.I.1 with all tenses (for future, see below Refsif this is so, it will be.., Refs 8th c.BC+: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi, εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.1.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sometimes with present, εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν Refs 5th c.BC+: with imperfect, εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely with aorist, Refs 1st c.BC+ __B.I.2 with future (much less frequently than ἐάν with subjunctive), either to express a future supposition emphatically, εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται Refs 5th c.BC+ in threats or warnings, εἰ μὴ καθέξεις γλῶσσαν ἔσται σοι κακά Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2.b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled. __B.I.3.a with imperfect, referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Refs 8th c.BC+, if they did not live an abstemious life, Refs 5th c.BC+ would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Refs 7th c.BC+; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3.b with aorist referring to past time, εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Refs 6th c.BC+; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., Refs 8th c.BC+: with pluperfect in apodosi, εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3.c rarely with pluperfect referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ᾽ ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II with SUBRefs 1st c.AD+ (Epic dialect κε, κεν), compare ἐάν: Refs 4th c.BC+; but ἄν (κε, κεν) are frequently absent in Refs 8th c.BC+, cf. Foed.Doric dialect cited in Refs 5th c.BC+; occasionally in Trag., Refs 5th c.BC+; very rarely in Attic dialect Prose, εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Refs 5th c.BC+: in later Prose, εἴ τις θελήσῃ NT+3rd c.AD+ __B.II.1 when the apodosis is future, to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ with optative, but less so than εἰ with future indicative (above Refs; εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ᾽.. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ᾽ ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (i.e. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, Refs 5th c.BC+; with ἄν omitted, εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.2.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν with optative, Refs 5th c.AD+ __B.III.1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν with subjunctive, usually with optative with ἄν in apodosis, ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Refs 8th c.BC+: future optative is falsa lectio in Refs 5th c.BC+: with present indicative in apodosis, Refs 6th c.BC+: with future indicative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.1.b in Hom.sometimes with present optative, to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subjunctive in present time, above Refs; once in Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see (whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Refs 5th c.BC+: indicative and optative are found in same sentence, ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ᾽ εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν with subjunctive or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the indicative in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι)Refs; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίῳ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Refs; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.4 with optative with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis,Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.IV with infinitive, in oratio obliqua, only in Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ with indicative is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ᾽ ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ᾽ ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν.. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., Refs 4th c.BC+: after past tenses, ἐθαύμασε δ᾽ εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐθαύμαζε δ᾽ εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Refs; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Refs 5th c.BC+ —in this use the _negative_ οὐ is also found, ἀγανακτῶ εἰ ὁ Φίλιππος ἁρπάζων οὐ λυπεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ᾽ ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Refs 8th c.BC+; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS: __B.VII.1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ᾽ ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Refs 5th c.BC+; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, Refs __B.VII.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή.. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions: __B.VII.3.a εἰ μή except, οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Refs 5th c.BC+; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ᾽ [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only, ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise, προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Refs 5th c.BC+; after μάλιστα μέν, Refs 5th c.BC+ —after a preceding _negative_, μὴ τύπτ᾽· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ᾽ αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.c εἰ δέ sometimes stands for εἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ᾽, ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Refs 1st c.BC+ __B.VII.3.d εἰ γάρ for if so, Refs __B.VII.3.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any, τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, Refs 5th c.BC+; also κατ᾽ εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, Refs __B.VII.3.f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever, ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Refs 7th c.BC+; but in prayers, εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.g εἴ ποθεν (i.e. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, Refs 5th c.BC+; so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.VII.3.h εἴ πωςRefs 5th c.BC+: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.VIII with other PARTICLES: __B.VIII.1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί) even though, see at {καί}:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ᾽ εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even. __B.VIII.2 for ὡς εἰ, ὡς εἴ τε, ὥσπερ εἰ, etc., see at {ὡς} and ὥσπερ. __B.VIII.3 for εἰ ἄρα, see at {ἄρα}; for εἰ δή, εἴπερ, see at {εἰ δή, εἴπερ}; for εἴ γε, see at {γέ}. __B.IX in negative oaths, = Hebrew im, LXX+NT __C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, followed by the indicative, subjunctive, or optative, according to the principles of oratio obliqua: __C.1 with INRefs 4th c.BC+ whether he is a god, Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.2 with SUBRefs 1st c.AD+subjunctive in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ᾽ εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερο;), Refs 5th c.BC+aorist optative for the aorist indicative, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσα;), Refs 4th c.BC+aorist optative usually represents aorist subjunctive, τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ᾽ ἀπ᾽ αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Refs 5th c.BC+ —in both constructions the _indicative_ or subjunctive may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖνRefs; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Refs; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄ;), Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Refs 5th c.BC+; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλετα; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Refs 5th c.BC+:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε..; εἰ.. εἴτε..; εἴτε.. ἢ.., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ὅπως ἴδῃς εἴτ᾽ ἔνδον εἴτ᾽ οὐκ ἔνδον Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖνRefs 4th c.BC+; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Refs 5th c.BC+

οὖν, Ionic dialect and Doric dialect ὦν (the latter in Refs 8th c.BC+, adverb certainly, in fact, confirming something, frequently in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in Refs 8th c.BC+ only in combination with γε (see. γοῦν), γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc.: __1 really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι.. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise.., Refs 8th c.BC+; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα.., ὄφρ᾽ for we followed them up to the very point, where.., Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ᾽ ὦν but they really were spoken, Refs 5th c.BC+; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι.., Πλαταιῆς δ᾽ οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι.., ἐκ δ᾽ οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, Refs 5th c.BC+; so δ᾽ οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ᾽ οὖν but if he is so, Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἀλλ᾽ οὖν.. γε but at all events, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὖν concessive, I grant you, τάχ᾽ οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε Refs 8th c.BC+; Τληπόλεμος δ᾽, ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ᾽ ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα.. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, Refs; νεβροί, αἵ τ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον.. ἑστᾶσ᾽ which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, Refs; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred, ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς.., οἱ δ᾽ ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸν δ᾽ ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε Refs 8th c.BC+; οὔτ᾽ οὖν.., οὔτε.. or οὔτε.., οὔτ᾽ οὖν.. both = neither.. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis,Refs 8th c.BC+; so εἰ.., εἴτ᾽ οὖν.. if.., or if.., Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴτ᾽ οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, Refs 5th c.BC+; ξεῖνος αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀ., Refs 5th c.BC+ even as, just as, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ δ᾽ ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, Refs 5th c.BC+; for μὲν οὖν, see at {μέν} Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 added to indefinite Prons. and adverbs, like Latin cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc., (see entry). __II to continue a narrative, so, then, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν.. θῆκαν Refs 8th c.BC+; ὅτ᾽ οὖν since, then,.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is very common in this sense; so δ᾽ οὖν Refs 5th c.BC+; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenthesis or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ.., ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι..,—ὑμέας ὦν.. προσκαλέομαι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ὦν is frequently inserted by Refs 5th c.BC+participle, οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ᾽ ὦν ἔδοντοRefs; so in Refs 5th c.BC+: this tmesis is rare in Attic dialect, ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ᾽ οὖν ἔβαλεν Refs 5th c.BC+; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus cited in Refs 3rd c.BC+ __III in inferences, then, therefore, not in Refs 8th c.BC+; in a statement, Refs; very common from Refs 5th c.BC+ downwards; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthened, δὴ οὖν Refs 5th c.BC+: in questions, τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ᾽ ἐστίν ; Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; ἆρ᾽ οὖν δή ; Refs 5th c.BC+; τί οὖν δή ; Refs 5th c.BC+

[נָכָה501] vb. smite (not in Qal) (NH Hiph. id.; Pf. 3 pl. הכו SI 4, Inf. להך[ת] ib. 2; Syriac ܢܟܳܐ, laesit, nocuit, repugnavit; Aph. laesit, vulneravit; Ethiopic ነከየ laesit, nocuit; cf. Arabic نَكَى be defeated, نِكَايَةٌ the inflicting of injury on an enemy Lane3038);— †Niph. Pf. וְנִכָּה וָמֵת consec. 2 S 11:15 and he shall be smitten [struck by weapon in battle] and die. †Pu. Pf. 3 fs. נֻכָּ֑תָה Ex 9:31; 3 pl. נֻכּוּ v 32 (J), both be smitten down by the hail. Hiph.482 Pf. 3 ms. הִכָּה Ex 9:25 +; sf. וְהִכַּ֫נִי consec. Gn 32:12, הִכָּם Je 5:6; 2 ms. הִכִּ֫יתָ Ex 17:5 +; 1 s. הִכֵּיתִי Ju 15:16 +, וְהִכֵּיתִ֫י Ex 3:20 +; 3 pl. הִכּוּ Gn 19:11 +; 2 mpl. הִכִּיתֶם Je 37:10 + 3 times consec.; etc.; Impf. 3 ms. יַכֶּה Ex 21:20 +, יַךְ Ho 6:1 (but read וַיַּךְ We Now GASm); וְיַךְ Ho 14:6 (v. infr.); וַיַּכֶּה Jos 10:40 +, usually וַיַּךְ Ex 2:12 +; sf. 2 ms. יַכֶּ֫כָּה Je 40:15 + 2 times, 3 ms. וַיַּכּוֹ 2 S 14:6 (but read וַיַּךְ 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Th We Dr Klo Kit Bu HPS), יַכֶּ֫נּוּ 1 S 17:25 + 2 times; usually וַיַּכֵּ֫הוּ Nu 21:24 +; 3 fs. וַתַּךְ Jon 4:7.8; 2 ms. תַּכֶּה Ex 2:13 +; sf. 3 ms. תַּכֶּ֫נּוּ Pr 23:13, 14; 1 s. אַכֶּה 1 S 18:11 +; וָאַכֶּה Ne 13:25, וָאַךְ Ex 9:15; 3 mpl. יַכּוּ Mi 4:14; usually וַיַּכּוּ Gn 14:5 + (1 S 4:2 read prob. Hoph. q.v.); 1 pl. נַכֶּה־ Nu 22:6; וַנַּךְ Dt 2:33, etc.; Imv. הַכֵּה Ez 6:11; הַךְ Am 9:1 +; mpl. הַכּוּ 2 S 13:28, etc.; Inf. abs. הַכֵּה Dt 3:16 +; הַכּוֹת 2 K 3:24 (Ges§ 75 ff); cstr. הַכּוֹת Gn 4:15 +, etc.; Pt. מַכֶּה Ex 2:11 +; cstr. מַכֵּת Ex 21:12 +; pl. מַכִּים 1 S 4:8 +, etc.;— 1. a. lit., smite (with a single, non-fatal, blow), strike, sq. acc., ass Nu 22:23, 25, 27 (בְּמַקֵּל), v 28, 32 (all J); man Ex 21:15, 19 (E); cheeks Jb 16:10; man (on) cheek (2 acc.) La 3:30 ψ 3:8; man עַל־לְחִי Mi 4:14 (ב instr.), 1 K 22:24 = 2 Ch 18:23; eye Ex 21:26 (E); שֵׁבֶט מַכֵּךְ Is 14:26; with ב obj. Ex 17:6; with (ב) stone or fist Ex 21:18 (E), cf. (fig.) Is 58:4 (abs.); smite lion or bear 1 S 17:35; strike river (with rod מַטֶּה) 7:17 (c. עַל obj., + ב instr.), v 20 Ex 17:5 (E; ב instr.), also (with mantle) 2 K 2:8, 14(×2), cf. יָם" dir="rtl" >י׳ smiting Euphrates into (ל) seven streams Is 11:15; dust Ex 8:12, 13 (P); rock 17:6 (E), Nu 20:11 (P; ב instr.), ψ 78:20; fig. smite earth בְּשֵׁבֶט פִּיו Is 11:4 (of future Davidic kg.); strike on ground (אַ֫רְצָה; with arrows) 2 K 13:18, also (abs.) v 18, 19; strike weapons out of (מִן) hands, Ez 39:3 (י׳; fig. of making powerless); lintel of door Am 9:1; barley-loaf strikes tent Ju 7:13 (in dream); in fig. of regret, remorse וַיַּךְ לֵב דָּוִד אֹתוֹ 2 S 24:10 and David’s heart smote him, so 1 S 24:6 (+ עַל־אֲשֶׁר because); of goat smiting (butting with horn) the ram, so as to break its horns Dn 8:7 (in vision); smite = hit with missile, sling-stone 1 S 17:49 (c. acc. pers. + אֶל־מִצְחוֹ), cf. 2 K 3:25 (but text perhaps corrupt, v. Benz); arrow, 1 K 22:34 = 2 Ch 18:33 (c. acc. pers. + בֵּין), 2 K 9:24 (c. id.); of piercing, הַכּוֹת בַּחֲנִית בְּדָוִד וּבַקִּיר 1 S 19:10 smite with the dart into D. and into the wall, pin D. to the wall, וַיַּךְ אֶת־הַח׳ בַּקִּיר v 10, cf. 18:11, אַכ��ּנּוּ בַחֲנִית וּבָאָרֶץ 26:8. b. smite repeatedly, beat, a man Ex 2:11, 13 (E), 5:16 (J), Ne 13:25 (מִן partit.), cf. Dt 25:11; here prob. also 1 K 20:35(×2), 37(×2) (הַכֵּה וּפָצֹעַ beating and bruising him); of Assyrian under fig. of task-master Is 10:24; beat a woman so as to bruise her (פָּצַע) Ct 5:7; beat by authority, scourge Je 20:2; 37:15 Dt 25:2, 3 (c. acc. pers. + acc. cogn. מַכָּה רַבָּה), v 3 cf. בִּן הַכּוֹת v 2 i.e. worthy of scourging, bastinado, (cf. Dr); 2 Ch 25:16; Pr 17:10; 19:25; 23:13, 14 (ב instr.); cf. גֵּוִי נָתַתִּי לְמַכִּים Is 50:6; of hail, beat down herbage etc. Ex 9:25(×2) (cf. Pu.). c. וַיַּכּוּ כַף 2 K 11:12 and they clapped hands (in applause); elsewhere only Ezek., in mockery; כַּף אֶל־כַּף Ez 21:19, 22; בְּכַפְּךָ 6:11 (‖ רְקַע בְּרַגְלְךָ); acc. כַּפִּי 22:13. d. give a thrust (with fork) into (ב) pot 1 S 2:14; strike roots Ho 14:6 (in fig., but וַיֵּלְכוּ We Now). e. rarely smite (in battle) so as (merely) to wound 2 K 8:28, so (+ acc. cogn. מַכָּה) v 29; 9:15 = 2 Ch 22:6; fig. of י׳’s wounding Isr. Ho 6:1 (opp. חָבַשׁ, bind up), Je 30:14 (c. acc. cogn.). Cf. smite with (ב) the tongue Je 18:18. f. smite, of sun, etc., c. acc. pers. Is 49:10 ψ 121:6; c. עַל Jon 4:8. 2. Smite fatally: a. (subj. man) smite, c. acc., + word of killing (dying):—obj. lion and bear 1 S 17:35; man Ex 21:12, 20 (E), Jos 10:26 (JE), 11:17 (D), 1 S 17:50; 2 S 1:15; 2:31 (מִן partit. + ב among), 4:7; 14:6; 18:15; 21:17; 1 K 16:10; 2 K 12:22; 15:30; 25:21 = Je 52:27, 2 K 25:25 Je 41:2; Nu 35:16, 17, 18, 21 (P; all c. ב instr.); c. acc. + אֶל־חֹמֶשׁ + ב instr. 2 S 2:23 smote him (fatally) in the belly with (v. HPS), 20:10, cf. 3:27 (+ 2 acc.) 4:6 (but del. 𝔊 Ew Th We Dr Bu HPS); וְהִכָּהוּ נֶפֶשׁ Dt 19:11 and he smite him in his life (mortally), and he die, cf. (without word of dying) v 6 Gn 37:21 (J), Je 40:14, 15 [otherwise Lv 24:17.18 Nu 35:11, 15, 30; Dt 27:25; Jos 20:3, 9]; with prolepsis לְהַכּוֹת חֲלָלִים smite the slain Ju 20:31, 39; + אַ֫רְצָה smite to the ground i.e. kill 2 S 2:22; 18:11. b. smite, of worm gnawing or boring so as to kill plant Jon 4:7. c. very often = kill, slay, man or beast (c. 150 times): Gn 4:15; 8:21 (exterminate; both J), Ex 2:12; Nu 21:35 (E), Jos 7:5 (מִן partit.), v 5 (JE), Dt 19:6; 21:1; 27:24, 25; Jos 11:10 (ב instr.; all D), Lv 24:17, 18, 21(×2) (H), Nu 35:11, 15, 21, 24, 30; Jos 9:18; 20:3, 9 (all P), Ju 15:16; 1 S 17:9(×2), 36; 2 S 12:9 (ב instr.), 2 K 9:7 (exterminate), etc.; c. ב among 1 S 6:19; 23:5, מִן partit. Ju 14:19; 20:45; c. ב partit. slay at, work slaughter among 2 S 23:10 (ins. also in ‖ 1 Ch 11:13 v Bead loc. Dr 2 S 23:10), but also ב of dir. obj. 1 S 18:7; 21:12 = 29:5; subj. lion 1 K 20:36(×2) cf. Je 5:6 (fig. of judgment); י׳ subj. 1 S 6:19b (ב among, + acc. cogn.; 1 S 6:19a וַיַּךְ crpt. v. 𝔊 Th We Dr Kl Kit Bu HPS); slay firstborn Ex 12:12 (J), v 29 Nu 3:13; 8:17; 33:4 (all P), ψ 78:51; 105:36; 135:8; God slays for (עַל) sin 2 S 6:7 = 1 Ch 13:10 (עַל־אֲשֶׁר); slay לְפִי־חֶרֶב Dt 13:16; 20:13 Jos 11:11, 12, 14 (all D), Ju 18:27; 21:10; 1 S 22:9; 2 K 10:25 Je 21:7 Jb 1:15, 17; kill, slay, c. acc. cogn. (מַכָּה) 1 S 14:14; 1 K 20:21 (ב among), 2 Ch 13:17 (בָּחֶם), 25:13 (מֵהֶם); c. acc. pers. + acc. cogn. Jos 10:20 (JE), Est 9:5, etc.; kill unwittingly, unintentionally הִכָּה בִבְלִי דַ֫עַת Dt 19:4; Jos 20:5 (both D). 3. Smite = attack, attack and destroy a company Gn 32:9, 12; 34:30; Jos 8:21 Ju 8:11; 9:43; 2 K 8:21; 2 Ch 21:9; attack and capture a city Ju 1:8 v 12 = Jos 15:16 (JE), Jos 7:3; 10:4 (JE), 1 S 30:1; 1 K 15:20 = 2 Ch 16:4, 2 K 15:16(×2) 1 Ch 20:1; 2 Ch 14:13; Je 47:1; tents 1 Ch 4:41; 2 Ch 14:14; = sack a city לְפִי־חֶרֶב (slaying inhab.), Jos 8:24; 19:47 (both JE), 10:28, 30, 32, 35, 37 cf. v 39 (all D), Ju 1:25; 20:37; 2 S 15:14; especially defeat kg. or army (involving often overthrow, pursuit and slaughter),—c. 95 times,—Gn 14:5, 15, 17; Nu 14:45; 21:24 (JE), Jos 8:12; 10:10 (+ acc. cogn.), v 10 (עַד loc.), 11:8(×2) (all JE), Dt 1:4; 2:33; 3:3; 4:46; 7:2; 29:6; Jos 10:33, 40 (ועד—מִן loc.), 12:1, 6, 12; 13:12 (all D); Ju 1:5, 17; 1 S 11:11 (עד temp.), 2 K 13:17 (עַד־כְּלֵּה), 2 K 3:24a + v 24b (where read וַיָּבֹאוּ בוֹא וְהַכּוֹת and they went on defeating), Is 10:20; Je 37:10, etc.; ins. וַיַּךְ or הִכָּה in 2 S 8:13 Th Ke Kit Bu cf. Dr, after 𝔊; c. ב obj. 1 S 14:31; 23:2(×2) (ה loc.—מִן); + לְפִי חֶרֶב Ju 20:48, etc.; of gods causing defeat 2 Ch 28:23; smite land = conquer, subjugate, sometimes ravage, Gn 14:7; Jos 10:40 (D), 1 S 27:9; Je 43:11; 46:13, cf. Is 14:6 (acc. cogn.); subj. י׳ Nu 32:4 (P); of י׳ smiting sea וְהִכָּה בַיָּם גַּלִּים Zc 10:11 (BevJPh. xviii. 35 (1889), 88 proposes גבלים). 4. Of God, a. smite with (ב) a plague, disease, etc.:—blindness Gn 19:11 (J), 2 K 6:18(×2) cf. Zc 12:4(×2) (symbol.); of Egyptian plagues Ex 3:20; 9:15 (both J), 1 S 4:8, without ב Ex 7:25 (J), 12:13 (P), ψ 136:10 (acc. + בִּבְכוֹרֵיהֶם); other plagues Nu 14:12 (JE), Dt 28:22, 27, 28, 35; 1 S 5:6; 2 S 24:17; Jb 2:7; Am 4:9; Hg 2:17; Mal 3:24; 1 S 5:6, 9; 2 K 19:35 = Is 37:36 (+ ב in); Nu 11:33 (JE; בָּעָם + acc. cogn.); smite vines with (ב) blight ψ 105:33. b. smite = chastise, or send judgment upon, usually c. acc., 1 K 14:15; 1 Ch 21:7; Is 5:25; 9:12; 27:7 (הַכְּמַכַּת מַכֵּהוּ הִכָּהוּ), 30:31 (ב instr.) 57:17; 60:10 (opp. רִחַם) Je 2:30; 5:3; 14:9; Ez 32:15 (𝔊 Co זֵרָה scatter); c. עַל punish for, (sin) Lv 26:24 (H). c. of God’s destroying palaces Am 3:15; 6:11 (2 acc.), cf. Zc 9:4. †Hoph. Pf. הֻכָּה Ho 9:16; Nu 25:14. הוּכָּה ψ 102:5; וְהֻכָּת consec. Ex 22:1; 3 fs. הֻכְּתָה Ez 33:21; 40:1; 1 s. הֻכֵּ֫יתִי Zc 13:6; 3 pl. הֻכּוּ 1 S 5:12; Impf. 3 mpl. וַיּכֻּוּ Ex 5:14; 2 mpl. תֻּכּוּ Is 1:5; Pt. מֻכֶּה Nu 25:14, cstr. מֻכֵּה Is 53:4; f. מֻכָּה Nu 25:15, 18; pl. מֻפִּים Ex 5:16, cstr. מֻכֵּי־ Je 18:21;—be smitten: 1. = receive a blow Is 1:5 (Judah under fig. of man). 2. be wounded Zc 13:6. 3. be beaten Ex 5:14, 16 (J). 4. be (fatally) smitten + vb. of dying Ex 22:1 (E); be killed, slain Nu 25:14(×2), 15, 18 (c. עַל, for), מֻכֵּי־חֶרֶב Je 18:21 (‖ הֲרֻגֵי מָ֑וֶת); so also (abs.) prob. 1 S 4:2 (read וַיֻּכּוּ 𝔊 𝔖 𝔙 Th Dr Klo Kit, for MT וַיַּכּוּ). 5. be attacked and captured, of city Ez 33:21; 40:1. 6. be smitten with disease (by God) 1 S 5:12; abs., of י׳’s servant Is 53:4. 7. be blighted, of plant (in fig.) Ho 9:16 (Ephr.), ψ 102:5 (heart, כָּעֵשֶׂב; both + יָבַשׁ).

I. נָא part. of entreaty or exhortation, I (we) pray, now (enclitic) (Syriac ܢܺܐ, ܢܺܝ; cf. Ethiopic ነዒ: veni, age! Di§ 160. 1 Lex675 Köii. 244);—attached: 1. to the imv., especially in colloquial style, when it expresses an entreaty or admonition, as Gn 12:13 אִמְרִי־נָא say, I pray, 13:9 הִפָּרֶד־נָא מֵעָלַי, v 14 שָׂא־נָא עֵינֶיךָ, 15:5 הַבֶּט־נָא השׁמימה, 24:2 + often, Nu 20:10 שׁמעו־נא המוֹרים, Ju 13:4; 16:6, 10, 28; 18:5, etc., Is 1:18; 5:3 Am 7:2, 5; rarely in a command, Gn 22:2 Is 7:3. Ironically, in a challenge, Is 47:12 Jb 40:10. Once anomalously attached to a subst., or (accents) prefixed to a verb, Nu 12:13 אֵ֕ל נָא֛ רְפָ֥א נָא֖ (Ew§ 246 a Di אַל־נָא; v. 3 b). 2. to the pf. with waw consec., in a precative sense (Dr§ 119 δ) Gn 40:14. 3. to the impf., when leave is asked, or a prayer or desire expressed; a. in 1 pers., especially with ה cohort., Gn 19:8 אוציאה־נא let me, I pray, bring out, v 20 אִמָּֽלְטָה־נָּא שָׁ֑מָּה, Ex 3:18 נלכה־נא let us go, I pray, אֵלְכָה נָּא 4:18 אִיעָצֵּךְ נָא עֵצָה let me give thee counsel, I pray, 1 Ki 1:12 Nu 20:17 Is 5:5; and in self-deliberation, Gn 18:21 ארדה־נּא I will go down, now! Ex 3:3 אסורה־נּא ואראה I will turn aside, now, and see, 2 S 14:15 Ct 3:2 Is 5:1; with אַל Jb 32:21. b. in 2 pers., with אַל, in deprecation, Gn 18:3 אל־נא תעבר מעל עבדך, 19:7; 47:29 Nu 10:31, etc.; hence ellipt. אל־נא do not, I pray, (do this,) Gn 19:18; 33:10 Nu 12:13 Ew Di c. in 3 pers., Gn 18:4 יֻקַּח־נָא let there be brought, I pray, 26:28; 33:14; 44:18, 33, etc., 2 S 14:11, 12, 17 1 K 17:21 2 K 2:9 ψ 7:10; 118:2, 3; ironically Is 19:12; 47:13, or defiantly Jer 17:15 where is the word of J.? יָבוֹא נָא; with אַל, Gn 13:8 אַל־נָא תְהִי מְרִיבָה, 18:30 אַל־נָא יִחַר לַאדֹנָי, 37:27 Nu 12:12. 4. joined to conjunctions and interjections: a. [אָהּ־נָא, contr.] אָ֫נָּא; v. p. 58. b. אַל־נָא, see above 3 b, c. c. אִם־נָא, especially in the phrase אם נא מצאתי חן בעיניך, used by one craving a favourable hearing †Gn 30:27; 33:10 Ju 6:17; 1 S 27:5, and with נא repeated in the request itself †Gn 18:3; 47:29; 50:4 Ex 33:13; 34:9; otherwise Gn 24:42. d. הִנֵּה־נָא behold, I pray, craving a favourable consideration of the fact pointed to by הִנֵּה, and of the request founded upon it (with which נא is often repeated), Gn 12:11; 16:2; 18:27, 31; 19:2, 8, 19, 20; 27:2 Ju 13:3; 19:9 1 S 9:6; 16:15 2 S 13:24 2 K 2:16, 19; 4:9 +, Jb 13:18; 33:2; 40:15, 16. e. (לנו) אוֹי־נָא לי Woe, now, to me (us)! †Je 4:31; 45:7 La 5:16. f. אַיֵּה־נָא where, pray? †ψ 115:2. g. נֶגְדָּה־נָּא, peculiarly, †ψ 116:14, 18 my vows to J. I will perform, נגדה־נא לכל־עמו O that (it may be) before all his people!

ἤ, Epic dialect also ἠέ (in signification Refs 4th c.BC+, conjunction with two chief senses, Disj. (or) and comparative (than). __A DISJUNCTIVE, or, ἐγὼ.. ἢ ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν Refs 8th c.BC+; θεόσυτος ἢ βρότειος ἢ κεκραμένη Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.2 ἢ.. ἤ either.. or, ἢ νῦν δηθύνοντ᾽ ἢ ὕστερον αὖτις ἰόντα Refs 8th c.BC+, etc.; so ἢ.. ἤτοι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is emphasized, later no distinction is implied, NT+2nd c.BC+; ἤ repeated any number of times, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι ἢ τεὸν ἢ Αἴαντος ἰὼν γέρας ἢ Ὀδυσῆος Refs 8th c.BC+; ἤ is probably wrongly accented in codices of Refs 8th c.BC+ adverb Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.3 or else, otherwise, εἰδέναι δεῖ περὶ οὗ ἂν ᾖ ἡ βουλή, ἢ παντὸς ἁμαρτάνειν ἀνάγκη Refs 5th c.BC+; ζῶντα κακῶς λέγειν ἐκώλυσε.., ἢ τρεῖς δραχμὰς ἀποτίνειν ἔταξε Legal Refs 6th c.BC+ __A.II in Questions or Deliberations in Disj. form(the accentuation is ἢ (ἠέ) followed by ἦ (ἦε), Refs 2nd c.AD+ __A.II.1 Direct questions, __A.II.1.a introduced by ἢ (ἠέ), ἢ δολιχὴ νοῦσος ἦ Ἄρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα.. κατέπεφνε; Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.1.b without an introductory Particle, θεός νύ τις ἦ βροτός ἐσσ; art thou a goddess or a mortal? Refs 8th c.BC+ frequently in codices of Refs 8th c.BC+; ἄρτι δὲ ἥκεις ἢ πάλα; Refs 5th c.BC+; preceded by πότερον, πότερον δοκεῖ σοι κάκιον εἶναι, τὸ ἀδικεῖν ἢ τὸ ἀδικεῖσθα; Refs __A.II.2 Indirect questions, frequently epexegetic of a preceding question and identical in form with direct questions. __A.II.2.a εἴπ᾽ ἄγε,.. ἤ ῥ᾽ ἐθέλει.., ἦ ἀπέειπε.. Refs 8th c.BC+; πότερον or πότερα.. ἤ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.2.b without introductory Particle, οὐδέ τι οἶδα ζώει ὅ γ᾽ ἦ τέθνηκε Refs 8th c.BC+ __B COMPARATIVE, than, as, after a comparative, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐδ᾽ ὅσον ἤ.. not so much as.. , not more than.. , Refs 3rd c.BC+ to wish rather than.. , see at {βούλομαι} IV, αἱρέω Refs 5th c.BC+; so φθάνειν ἤ.. to come sooner than.. , NT+8th c.BC+ __B.2 joining two Comparatives which refer to the same subject, πάντες κ᾽ ἀρησαίατ᾽ ἐλαφρότεροι πόδας εἶναι ἢ ἀφνειότεροι Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 rarely after a superlative, πλεῖστα θωμάσια ἔχει Αἴγυπτος ἢ ἄλλη πᾶσα χώρη Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 ἢ οὐ is used when a negative precedes, οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ἐπ᾽ ἡμέας ἢ οὐ καὶ ἐπ᾽ ὑμέας Refs 5th c.BC+: after an implied negative, ὠμὸν.. πόλιν ὅλην διαφθεῖραι μᾶλλον ἢ οὐ τοὺς αἰτίους Refs __B.5 frequently omitted with numerals after πλείων, ἐλάττων, μείων, ἔτη.. πλείω ἑβδομήκοντα variant in Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes with an infinitive or conditional clause, τί γὰρ ἀνδρὶ κακὸν μεῖζον ἁμαρτεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+; τίς εὐπραξία σπανιωτέρα.., εἰ [δύναμις] πάρεστιν (for ἢ δύναμιν παρεῖναι); Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 pleonastic with a genitive, τίς ἂν αἰσχίων εἴη ταύτης δόξα, ἢ δοκεῖν.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.7 the Disj. and comparative uses are found together in Refs 8th c.BC+ better, either to die once for all or win life, than long to toil in battle. [ἢ οὐ, ἢ οὐκ combine by Synizesis into one syllable in Trag. and Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+; so usually in Epic dialect, Refs 8th c.BC+

דִּי part. of relation who, which, that, used also as mark of gen. and conj. that, because (Aramaic of Nineveh, Bab. Zinj. Nerab, Cilicia, Têma, Egypt, זִי (Lzb 267, 446 RÉS 361 S-CPap. A 2 +); Nab. Palm. די; 𝔗 דְּ (except in cpds., as דִּילִי mine, דִּילֵיהּ his); Sam. ࠃ; Syriac ܕ; Ethiopic ዘ za: of same origin as Arabic ذُو possessor of [cf.sub BH זֶה]. Properly a demonstr. that [cf.זֶה; in Ethiopic ze is ‘this’, za ‘which’]; but this being referred by usage to something preceding becomes equiv. to the relative who, which, used, however, more widely than Heb. אֲשֶׁר);— 1. as rel. who, which (construed like אֲשֶׁר): a. Je 10:11; Dn 2:11 דִּי מְדָֽרְהוֹן whose dwelling, v 24 דִּי מַנִּי מַלְכָּא whom the king had appointed, v 26 דִּי שְׁמֵהּ בּ׳ whose name was B., 4:5; 5:12, 23, etc.; = that which 2:23; = him that Ezr 7:25; 6:15; Dn 7:17 דִּי אִנּוּן אַרְבַּע which are four (v. אִנּוּן). Sq. pron. of 2 ps. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 3), Dn 2:37 thou, O king …, דִּי … יְהַב לָךְ to whom … hath given, 4:19; 4:6 as to whom I know, etc. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 4 d end). Sq. תַּמָּה = where Ezr 6:1, so דִּי alone 6:3 Dn 2:38; of time, בְּעִדָּנָא דִּי at the time when, etc., 3:5, 15. With the pred. an inf. c. לְ, Dn 6:9 כְּתָבָא דִּי לָא לְהַשְׁנָיָה which is not to be changed, Ezr 6:8; a place- or other determination, Dn 3:20 valiant men דִּי בְחֵילֵהּ that were in his army, 5:2 הֵיכְלָא דִּי בִירוּשְׁלֵם, 7:20 Ezr 4:24; 5:6; 6:2, 6; cf.Dn 2:25; 5:13; 7:7; Ezr 7:23. דִּי לָא = without, Ezr 6:9; 7:22 (so דְּלָא 𝔗 Gn 15:2; Ex 21:11); cf.Dn 2:34, 45. b. מַן דִּי, מָה דִּי (cf.in late Heb. מַה־שֶּׁ׳, מַה 1 e b) whoever, whatever, so †Dn 3:6, 11 מַן־דִּי־לָא יִפֵּל whoever does not fall down, 4:14 לְמַן דִּי יִצְבֵּא to whomsoever he willeth, v 22, 29; 5:21; מָה דִי whatever (or simply what), †Dn 2:28 מָה דִּי לֶהֱוֵא what will be, v 29(×2), 45 Ezr 6:8, 7:18.—cf.K§ 103. 2. as mark of the gen., Dn 2:15 שׁליטא די מלכא proposes the captain, that of the king = the king’s captain (a genuine Aramaic idiom: so 𝔗 דְּ, Syriac ܕ constantly), v 19, 25, 49 + often: the subst. in such cases may be either in the emph. state (determined), as ll. cc. Ezr 4:15; 5:2, etc., or in the abs. state (undetermined), Dn 5:5; 7:4, 9, 10 נְהַר דִּי נוּר; or it may have a pleon. sf., 2:20 שְׁמֵהּ דִּי אֱלָהָא lit. his name, that of God = God’s name, v 44; 3:8, 25, 26; 4:23, etc. (so also 𝔗 Syriac). To circumscribe an adj., especially in specif. of the material: Dn 2:38 thou art רֵאשָׁה דִּי דַהֲבָא the head of gold, v 39 3:1; 5:7, 16 Ezr 5:14; 6:4 +; as predic. Dn 2:32 רֵאשֵׁהּ דִּי־דְהַב טָב his head (was) of fine gold, v 33 7:19; with a pron. Dn 2:20 wisdom and might דִּי־לֵהּ הִיא are his; cf.6:27 וּמַלְכוּתֵהּ דִּי־לָא תִתְחַבַּל his kingdom (is one) which shall not be destroyed, 7:14.—Vid. further K§ 81. 3. as conj. (cf.אֲשֶׁר 8): a. that (quod), after vbs. of knowing, Dn 2:8, 9, seeing 2:45; 3:27, hearing 5:14, etc.; introducing the subject of a sentence, יְדִיעַ … דִּי … 3:18 Ezr 4:13; Dn 2:47 מִן־קְשֹׁט דִּי … True is it that … (cf.אָמְנָם כִּי Jb 12:2). b. = in that, inasmuch as, whereas: Dn 2:41 and whereas (דִּי) thou sawest, etc.… it shall be a divided kingdom, v 43 4:20, 23; as a connecting link = seeing that, because, for (cf.אֲשֶׁר 8 c) 2:9, 20b, 23b, 47b; 4:15; 6:24b. c. that (ut), after vbs. of asking Dn 2:16, commanding 3:10, 29, expressing a purpose 4:3; 5:15; Ezr 4:15; 6:10 +; דִּי לָא that not (ne) Dn 2:18; 3:28; 6:18 (on דִּי לְמָה lest Ezr 7:23, see מה). d. prefixed to direct narr. (like כִּי 1 b, and sometimes אֲשֶׁר 8 a γ, and ὅτι recitativum), Dn 2:25 and said thus unto him דִּי־הַשְׁכַּחַת (that) I have found, etc., 5:7; 6:6, 14. 4. with preps. and other prefixes: a. כְּדִי (like Heb. כַּאֲשֶׁר; so Egyptian Aramaic כזי, Palm. Nab. כדי, Lzb 293 SAC Gl 62, 63 Cooke 369 b RÉS 361; 𝔗 כַּד, Syriac ܟܕ); a. according as, Dn 2:43, b. so soon as, when, 3:7; 5:20; 6:11, 15. b. מִן־דִּי: a. because that, Dn 3:22; Ezr 5:12 (cf.מֵאֲשֶׁר Is 43:4); b. from (the time) that, after (ex quo), Dn 4:23; Ezr 4:23. c. ��ַד דִּי until, Dn 2:9, 34; 4:30; 7:22; = ere that 6:25. d. עַל דִּי Dn 3:19 is not a conj., but means above that which … e. for עַל דִּבְרַת דִּי and כָּל־קֳבֵל דִּי see [דִּבְרָה" dir="rtl" >דִּבְרָה] and קֳבֵל" dir="rtl" >קֳבֵל.

ἐάν (so early Attic Inscrr., as Refs 4th c.BC+, also contraction ἤν and ἄν, see at {ἤν},{ἄν} (B) [ᾱ], which by crasis with καί become κἄν:—if haply, if, regularly followed by subjunctive: for its use and for examples, see at {εἰ} Refs 5th c.BC+ __II in Hellenistic and late Greek, ={ἄν} after relative Pronouns and Conjunctions, as ὃς ἐάν whosoever, LXX+5th c.BC+

אוֹ320 (أَوْ, ܐܰܘ, አው ), conj. or (whether aut or vel). 1. Gn 24:49; 31:43 Ex 4:11 Ct 2:9 Lv 13:24 Nu 5:30 + often (especially in laws); sometimes implying a preference, nearly = or rather Gn 24:55 יָמִים אוֹ עָשׂוֹר a few days or ten Ju 18:19 1 S 29:3. Prefixed to the first as well as to the second alternative (rare) either (whether) … or Lv 5:1; 13:48, 51; = or, if not Ez 21:15 (si vera l.) Ke Mal 2:17 Jb 16:3; 22:11. 2. introducing a sentence, especially a particular case under a general principle, or = or if Ex 21:31 אוֹ־בֵן יִגַּח וג׳ or if he gore a son, etc. v 36 Lv 4:23, 28 (v. Di) 5:21, 22; 25:49b; Nu 5:14 2 S 18:13 or if I had dealt falsely against his life, then, etc., Ez 14:17, 19 or if I send, etc. 3. if perchance, 1 S 20:10 if perchance thy father answer thee with something hard, Lv 26:41. 4. once, with the juss. (as in Arabic with the subjunct. v. Dr§ 175 = except: Is 27:5 I would burn them together, אוֹ יַחֲזֵק בְּמָעֻזִּי or else let him take hold (= except he take hold) of my strong-hold, etc.—אַו Pr 31:4 v. sub [אָוָה" dir="rtl" >אָוָה] on p. 16.

τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (see. infr. A, B). __A as a Conjunction, __A.I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second, ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usually short in Refs 8th c.BC+, longer in later Gr., e.g. ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται Refs 5th c.BC+; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ᾽ ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ᾽ ἀδικήσαντες κατ᾽ ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen.Refs 3rd c.BC+; κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Refs 2nd c.AD+, compare 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (which see); τε may be used three or more times, ἔν τ᾽ ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ᾽ ἔφατ᾽ ἔκ τ᾽ ὀνόμαζεν Refs 8th c.BC+ —ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε probably means the eleventh or twelfth, Refs 8th c.BC+ —sometimes τε.. τε couples alternatives, ἀπόρως εἶχε δοῦναί τε μὴ δοῦναί τε Refs 5th c.BC+; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Refs 5th c.BC+; on ἢ (or ἦ).. τε in Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, as ἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Refs 5th c.BC+; but οὔτε.. τε is more frequently, as οὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε Refs 5th c.BC+; we also find οὐ.. τε.., as οὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Refs 5th c.BC+; and μὴ.. τε.., as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.3 τε (both) sometimes corresponds to a following δέ (and), or τε (and) to a preceding μέν, e.g. __A.I.3.a τε.. δὲ.., as κόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Refs 8th c.BC+; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.3.b μὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.I.4 a single τε (and) joins a word, phrase, or (especially later) clause or sentence to what precedes, τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Refs 4th c.BC+; ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Refs 3rd c.BC+; χωρίς τε τούτων Refs 3rd c.BC+; καθόλου τε.. Refs 1st c.BC+; this τε may be used any number of times, NT+8th c.BC+ __A.II τε.. καὶ.., or τε καὶ.., both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usually need not be translated, e.g. Ἀτρείδης τε ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν καὶ δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Refs 8th c.BC+; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμηνRefs; τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Refs 5th c.BC+; sometimes the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, κάκιστος νῦν τε καὶ πάλαι δοκεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτοRefs 5th c.BC+; sometimes (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives, διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.2 in this sense τ᾽ ἠδέ is only Epic dialect, σκῆπτρόν τ᾽ ἠδὲ θέμιστας Refs 8th c.BC+; also τε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον Refs __A.II.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.. , is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.3.b καὶ.. τε perhaps means and.. also in καὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sometimes join elements which are not syntactically parallel, especially a participle and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ᾽ ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.5 the copulative τεRefs it is found about 150 times in NT __B In Epic dialect (more rarely in other dactylic verse, see below Refs τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are frequently made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (compare τοι and τε in Refs 8th c.BC+; although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (see. below) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: αἶψά τε φυλόπιδος πέλεται κόρος ἀνθρώποισιν Refs 8th c.BC+; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ᾽ εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ᾽ ἀνθρώπωνRefs 8th c.BC+; νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ᾽ ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ᾽ ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ᾽ Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων᾽ Refs; sometimes of repeated action by particular persons, ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡ δὲ.. μ᾽ αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγεινRefs __B.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g. Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ᾽ ἔκλυες ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ᾽ ἴθι.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, frequently containing the subjunctive or optative), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε: __B.3.a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ᾽ ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.3.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ᾽ ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη Refs 8th c.BC+: it is probably that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Refs 8th c.BC+, and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses. __B.3.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ᾽ αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ᾽ ὤνησαν καί τ᾽ ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies, ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ᾽ ὅσσα τ᾽ Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ᾽.. δωσέμεν Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Refs 8th c.BC+: similarly in clauses with οἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη Refs __B.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ᾽ εὐλείμων αἵ θ᾽ ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent, Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ᾽ ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Refs 8th c.BC+ or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, οὐ μὰ Ζῆν᾽ ὅς τίς τε θεῶν ὕπατος καὶ ἄριστος Refs 8th c.BC+; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ᾽ (variant{ὃν}) ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας Refs; the relative clause sometimes indicates what is customary, οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ᾽ ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ᾽ Ἀχαιοῖς Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g. Λιβύην, ἵνα τ᾽ ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (i.e. Σκύλλῃ) δειραὶ περιμήκεες Refs; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Refs 8th c.BC+; χαλεπὸν δέ τ᾽ ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (i.e. μῶλυ) Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature, ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it, κατ᾽ ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Refs 8th c.BC+; similarly a point of time is defined, ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ᾽ ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life, γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ᾽ εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ᾽ ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Refs 8th c.BC+; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ᾽ ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδενRefs __B.11 the frequently use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the {ταώς} heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II in post-Refs 8th c.BC+ Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of Epic dialect and other early dactylic verse Refs 8th c.BC+; without generalizing force, Refs 5th c.BC+ (without a verb, as in Refs 8th c.BC+; in later Gr. we find exceptionally ἔνθεν τε Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπ᾽ οὗ τε Refs 3rd c.BC+; οἵ τε Refs 2nd c.BC+; ἥ τ᾽ Refs 2nd c.AD+; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which) ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Refs 2nd c.AD+ __C in Refs 8th c.BC+ τε is also (but less frequently) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following: __C.1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats, σχέτλιος, ἦ τ᾽ ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Refs 8th c.BC+; ἦ τ᾽ ἄν in Refs 8th c.BC+; γάρ τε (assuming variant) in οὐ γάρ τ᾽ οἶδα Refs 8th c.BC+ (but τ᾽ more probably = τοι, see at {σύ}); δέ τε in ἀγορῇ δέ τ᾽ ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Refs 8th c.BC+; μέν τε in σφὼ μέν τε σαώσετε λαὸν Ἀχαιῶν Refs; εἴ πέρ τε in οὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ᾽ εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ᾽ ἔχῃσιν Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions, σίγα, μή τίς τ᾽ ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Refs 8th c.BC+; τούσδε τ᾽ (variant δ᾽) ἐᾶν Refs __C.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him, ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ᾽.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Refs 8th c.BC+; ἡμεῖς δ᾽ αὖ μαχόμεσθ᾽, οἵ πέρ τ᾽ ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who (mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, Refs; τρεῖς γάρ τ᾽ ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power),Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference, κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Refs 8th c.BC+; ὥς (= so) τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα Refs 8th c.BC+; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο uncertain Refs 8th c.BC+; so with οὐδέ τ᾽ (nisi to be read οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ᾽ ἔδησαν Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.5 ὅτε τε (when) frequently introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ᾽ ἐκρέμω ὑψόθε; Refs 8th c.BC+; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνταιRefs 8th c.BC+ __C.6 in ὅ τε (that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, χωόμενος ὅ τ᾽ ἄριστον Ἀχαιῶν οὐδὲν ἔτισας Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.7 ἐπεί τε = {ἐπεί} (when) is rare in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.8 where τ᾽ ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ᾽ ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλο; Refs 8th c.BC+, ταρ (which see) should probably be read, since ἄρ (α) usually precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perhaps ταρα should be read for τ᾽ ἄρα in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.9 in ἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ᾽ ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Refs 8th c.BC+, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is probably ={ἦ} (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ᾽ ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is uncertain reading in Refs; ἤ τ᾽ = or is found in Refsthan in Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.10 Rarer and later uses; __C.10.a also, especially with ἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ᾽ ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (-σωσιν Papyrus) Refs 3rd c.BC+; τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια Refs 2nd c.BC+; see above Refs 4th c.BC+ __C.10.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word, εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Refs 8th c.BC+ __C.10.c τε γάρ rarely ={καὶ γάρ} or γάρ, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, NT; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. NT __D Position of τε: __D.1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Refs 8th c.BC+; τοῖς τε πόνοις καὶ μαθήμασι Refs 5th c.BC+: but article + noun, preposition + noun are frequently regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε Refs 4th c.BC+; also the order is frequently determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Refs 8th c.BC+; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ᾽ ἄρα, τέ τις. __D.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (see. above), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ᾽ ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ᾽ ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. __E Etymology: signf. A is found also in Sanskrit ca, Latin -que; for signfs. B and c cf. Sanskrit ca in yá[hudot] káś ca 'whosoever (with following verb)', Latin -que in quisque, ubique, plerique, usque, neque, nec (= non in necopinans, etc.), Gothic ni-h 'not' (also 'and not'), Latin namque (= nam).

ἄν, [ᾰ], Epic dialect, Lyric poetry, Ionic dialect, Refs 4th c.AD+, Attic dialect; also κεν) Epic dialect, Aeolic dialect, Thess., κᾱ Doric dialect, Boeotian dialect, El.; the two combined in Epic dialect (below Refs 4th c.BC+, εἰκ ἄνRefs 4th c.BC+:—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Refs 8th c.BC+ κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyric poetry about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Refs 8th c.BC+ in negative clauses, κε (ν) with the relative. __A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come. __A.I WITH INDICATIVE: __A.I.1 with historical tenses, generally imperfect and aorist, less frequently pluperfect, never perfect, see below, __A.I.1.a most frequently in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apodosis expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The imperfect with ἄν refers to continued action, in Refs 8th c.BC+ always in past time, except perhaps καί κε θάμ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἐόντες ἐμισγόμεθ᾽Refs 8th c.BC+; later also in present time, first in Refs 6th c.BC+; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Refs 5th c.BC+. The aorist strictly refers only to past time, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, Refs 4th c.BC+, but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said, εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ᾽, εἶπον ἄν σ᾽ οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖνRefs 5th c.BC+pluperfect refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt..,Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.1.b the protasis is frequently understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Refs 5th c.BC+; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.I.1.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially with τάχα, which see, ἀλλ᾽ ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ᾽ ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, Refs 5th c.BC+; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (i.e. διέβησαν) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.1.d ἄν is frequently omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sometimes for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.2 with future indicative: __A.I.2.a frequently in Epic dialect, usually with κεν, rarely ἄν, Refs 8th c.BC+ and he will likely be angry to whom-soever I shall come, Refs; καί κέ τις ὧδ᾽ ἐρέει and in that case men will say,Refs 8th c.BC+; so in Lyric poetry, μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.I.2.b rarely in codices of Attic dialect Prose writers, σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετεRefs 5th c.BC+future infinitive and participle see below __A.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in Epic dialect, the meaning being the same as with the future indicative RefsI will take her myself, Refs 8th c.BC+; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, Refs; also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, οὐκ ἄν τοι χραίσμῃ κίθαριςRefs __A.III WITH OPTATIVE (never future, rarely perfect πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in optative with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a future condition: ἀλλ᾽ εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴηRefs 8th c.BC+ present and aorist optative with κε or ἄν are sometimes used like imperfect and aorist indicative with ἄν in Attic, with either regular indicative or another optative in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ᾽ ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.b with protasis in present or future, the optative with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ᾽ εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.c with protasis understood: φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρRefs 8th c.BC+; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸν δ᾽ οὔ κε δύ᾽ ἀνέρε.. ἀπ᾽ οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Refs 8th c.BC+ sometimes with reference to past time, Τυδεΐδην οὐκ ἂν γνοίης ποτέροισι μετείηRefs 8th c.BC+ __A.III.d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ᾽ ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, Refs 4th c.BC+; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like, Latin velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ᾽ ἄ; which way then can we turn? Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Refs 5th c.BC+; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴησαν δ᾽ ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Refs 5th c.BC+ i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.e in questions, expressing a wish: τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοί;Refs 5th c.BC+ as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, τλαίης κεν Μενελάῳ ἐπιπροέμεν ταχὺν ἰόνRefs 8th c.BC+; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), Refs 5th c.BC+; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, Refs; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Refs; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ᾽ ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.g rarely omitted with optative in apodosis: ῥεῖα θεός γ᾽ ἐθέλων καὶ τηλόθεν ἄνδρα σαώσαιRefs 8th c.BC+; also in Trag., θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τιςRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.III.h ἄν with future optative is probably always corrupt (compare Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν᾽ ἂν καταλήψοιτο (οὐδένα Bekk.) Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV WITH infinitive and participle (sometimes adjective equivalent to participle, τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναιRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.1 present infinitive or participle: __A.IV.1.a representing imperfect indicative, οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττει; do you think he would not have kept them safe? (οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.1.b representing present optative, πόλλ᾽ ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ᾽ ἄν) ἕτερ᾽ εἰπεῖν παραλείπωRefs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.2 aorist infinitive or participle: __A.IV.2.a representing aorist indicative, οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ᾽ αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖ; do you not think he would even have run thither? (καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Refs 5th c.BC+; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.2.b representing aorist optative, οὐδ᾽ ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land (οὐδ᾽ ἂν κρατήσειαν), Refs 5th c.BC+; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν (ληφθείη ἄν) Refs; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen (ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Refs __A.IV.3 perfect infinitive or participle representing: __A.IV.3.a pluperfect indicative, πάντα ταῦθ᾽ ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι (φήσειεν ἄν) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians (ἑαλώκη ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.IV.3.b perfect optative, οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered (δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.IV.4 future infinitive or participle, never in Epic dialect, and probably always corrupt in Attic dialect, νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (to be read -ῆσαι) Refs 5th c.BC+; participle is still more exceptional, ὡς ἐμοῦ οὐκ ἂν ποιήσοντος ἄλλαRefs 5th c.BC+; both are found in later Gk., νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄρισταRefs 2nd c.BC+; with participle, Refs 4th c.BC+ __B IN DEPENDENT CLAUSERefs 5th c.BC+ __B.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν (ᾱ) (which see): Refs 8th c.BC+; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, compare ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν (Ionic dialect ἐπεάν), ἐπειδάν: Refs 8th c.BC+, ἐπήν, εὖτ᾽ ἄ; see also εἰσόκε (εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ᾽ ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ᾽ ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Refs 8th c.BC+; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ᾽ ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ whoever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Refs 8th c.BC+subjunctive in both the above constructions Refs without ἄ; also Trag. and Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subjunctive without ἄν in prose, e.g. Refs 5th c.BC+ (μέχρι οὗ), Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 in final clauses introduced by relative adverbs, as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), frequently in Epic dialect, σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαιRefs 8th c.BC+; also after ὡς in Refs 5th c.BC+ indicative is regular in _Attic dialect_); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε except ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμενRefs 8th c.BC+ = where in Refs 5th c.BC+ = lest, takes ἄν only with optative in apodosis, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II in Epic dialect sometimes with OPTATIVE as with subjunctive (always κε (ν), except εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιενRefs 8th c.BC+; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ᾽ ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please,Refs 8th c.BC+ belongs to Verb in apodosis, as in ὡς δ᾽ ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτοRefs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relative or temporary word retains an ἄν which it would have with subjunctive in direct form, Refs 5th c.BC+:—similarly after a preceding optative, οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιοRefs 5th c.BC+ __B.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in Epic dialect: __B.III.1 with future indicative as with subjunctive: αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεταιRefs 8th c.BC+ __B.III.2 with εἰ and a past tense of indicative, once in Refs 8th c.BC+; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ᾽ ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ᾽ ἐβούλετο Oracle texts cited in Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, as ὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετοNT+4th c.AD+; ἔνθ᾽ ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναιRefs 6th c.AD+; compare ἐάν, ὅταν. __C with imperfect and more rarely aorist indicative in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+ she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119; εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆνRefs 5th c.BC+; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Refs 5th c.BC+infinitive representing imperfect of this construction, ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire (ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+ __D GENERAL REMARKS: __D.I POSITION OF ἄν. __D.I.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relative word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, γάρ, καί, νυ, περ,, etc.; as εἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κεRefs 8th c.BC+; rarely by τις, as ὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇRefs 8th c.BC+ two such Particles may precede κε, as εἴ περ γάρ κενRefs 8th c.BC+; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Refs 8th c.BC+; rarely in Prose, ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄνRefs 5th c.BC+ __D.I.2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, especially an interrogative, a negative (e. g. οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθ; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? (εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), Refs 4th c.BC+ __D.I.3 ἄν is frequently separated from its infinitive by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει..; frequently in Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ᾽ ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.I.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause, ἀλλ᾽, ὦ μέλ᾽, ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδειRefs 5th c.BC+ __D.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words, ὥστ᾽ ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ᾽ ἄνRefs 5th c.BC+; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ᾽ ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ᾽ ἴσθ᾽ ἄν, εἰ.. Refs __D.II.2 ἄν is coupled with κε (ν) a few times in Refs 8th c.BC+ __D.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sometimes the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (i.e. ἔρρεγκον) Refs 5th c.BC+; τί δ᾽ ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (i.e. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ᾽ ἤνυσε;Refs 4th c.BC+ —so in phrases like{πῶς γὰρ ἄν}; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (i.e. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Refs 5th c.BC+; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (i.e. ἐφρόνησαν) εἰ..Refs 5th c.BC+; compare κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) Refs 4th c.BC+; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (i.e. ἴητε) Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others: πείθοι᾽ ἂν εἰ πείθοι᾽· ἀπειθοίης δ᾽ ἴσωςRefs 4th c.BC+: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Refs 5th c.BC+ is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis,Refs 5th c.BC+ __B ἄν, [ᾱ], Attic dialect, ={ἐάν},{ἤν}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃRefs 4th c.BC+: not common in earlier Attic dialect Inscrr., NT+4th c.BC+ __C ἄν or ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, (which see) __D ἄν, shortened from ἄνα, see entry ἀνά G.

אַךְ159 adv. (perh. from the same demonstr. root found also in כִּי, כֹּה, כֵּן). 1. surely. 2. with a restrictive force, emphasizing what follows: a. in contrast to what precedes, howbeit; b. in contrast with other ideas generally, only. 1. asseverative, often introducing with emphasis the expression of a truth (or supposed truth) newly perceived, especially in colloquial language, surely, no doubt; Gn 26:9 אַךְ הִנֵּה אִשְׁתְּךָ הִוא of a surety, lo, she is thy wife! 29:14; 44:28 Ju 3:24; 20:39 1 S 16:6 surely the anointed of י׳ is before him! 25:21 Je 5:4 ψ 58:12; 73:1, 13; but also in other cases, though rarely, Is 34:14, 15 Zp 3:7 ψ 23:6; 139:11; 140:14 Jb 16:7; 18:21; & rather singularly Ex 12:15; 31:13 Lv 23:27, 39 (all P). 2. restrictive: a. in contrast to what precedes, howbeit, yet, but: Gn 9:4 howbeit, flesh with the life thereof … ye shall not eat, 20:12 Ex 21:21 Lv 21:23; 27:26 Nu 18:15, 17 2 S 3:13; Je 10:24 correct me, אַךְ בְּמִשְׁפָּט but with judgment, Jb 2:6; 13:15; sts. with an advers. force, as Is 14:15; 43:24; before an imper. (minimizing the request), Gn 23:13 only, if thou wilt, I pray thee, hear me! 27:13 Ju 10:15 1 S 18:17 1 K 17:13 al. So 1 S 8:9 אַךְ כִּי (v. כִּי 1 d; and cf. πλὴν ὅτι). b. in contrast to other ideas generally:—(α) Gn 7:23; 18:32 אַךְ הַפַּעַם only this once (so Ex 10:17 al.) 34:15 Ex 12:16 (note accents), 1 S 18:8 וְעוֹד לוֹ אַךְ הַמְּלוּכָה and there yet remains for him only the kingdom, 21:5 Isa 45:14 אַךְ בְּךָ אֵל only in thee is God! ψ 62:2 etc. Jb 14:22; ψ 37:8 fret not thyself אַךְ לְהָרֵעַ (which leadeth) only to do evil, Pr 11:24 he that withholdeth more than is meet אַךְ לְמַחְסוֹר (tendeth) only to penury, 14:23; 21:5; 22:16; (β) attaching itself closely to the foll. word (usually an adj., rarely a verb), only, i.e. exclusively, altogether, utterly Dt 16:15 and thou shalt be אַךְ שָׂמֵחַ altogether rejoicing, 28:29 (cf. v 33 רַק) Isa 16:7 אַךְ נְכָאִים utterly stricken, 19:11 Je 16:19 nought but lies, 32:30 Ho 12:12 Jb 19:13 אַךְ זָרוּ are wholly estranged (with play on אַכְזָר cruel). c. as an adv. of time (with inf. abs.), twice: Gn 27:30 אַךְ יָצֹא יָצָא יַעֲקֹב … וְעֵשָׂו בָּא only just (or scarcely) had Jacob gone out, … and (= when) Esau came in, Ju 7:19.—וְאַךְ thrice: Gn 9:5 and only (second limitation of v 3); Nu 22:20 but only; Jos 22:19 but howbeit. Note. —In some passages the affirmative and restrictive senses agree equally with the context; and authorities read the Hebrew differently. Thus only = nought but, altogether, is adopted by Ges Ew Hi De in ψ 23:6; 62:10; 73:1, 13; by Ew Hi De in 39:6, 7 (Che surely); by Ges Ew De in 39:12 (but Hi Che surely); by Ew Hi in 73:18 (De Che surely); by Ges Hi De in 139:11 (Ew doch). Isa 45:14 Ges Ew Hi Di only; but De Che of a truth.

כִּי אִם־ (the אִם foll. by makkeph, except Gn 15:4 Nu 35:33 Ne 2:2, where כִּי־אִם is read by the Mass., Pr 2:3: FrMM 241)— 1. each part. retaining its independent force, and relating to a different clause: a. that if Je 26:15; after an oath (כִּי not translated: v. כִּי 1 c) if 1 S 14:39 Je 22:24, surely not (אִם 1 b 2) 2 S 3:35 1 S 25:34 (כִּי being resumptive of the כִּי before לוּלֵי: v. כִּי 1 c); Ex 22:22 (in apod.) indeed if … (v. כִּי 1 d). b. for if Ex 8:17; 9:2; 10:4 Dt 11:20 +, for though Is 10:22 Je 37:20 Am 5:22, but if Je 7:5. 2. (About 140 times) the two particles being closely conjoined, and relating to the same clause— a. limiting the prec. clause, except (after a negative, or an oath, or question, the equivalent of a negative)—the most usual term for expressing this idea: sq. vb. Gn 32:27 I will not let thee go; כִּי אִם־בֵּרַכְתָּֽנִי lit. but (כִּי 3 e) if thou bless me (sc. I will let thee go), i.e., subordinating the second clause to the first, ‘I will not let thee go, except thou bless me;’ Lv 22:6 he shall not eat of the holy things כִּי אִם־רָחַץ except he have washed his flesh, Is 65:6 Am 3:7 Ru 3:18 La 5:21f. (Ew Näg Ke Che Öt), turn thou us unto thee, etc., unless thou have utterly rejected us, (and) art very wroth with us (= Or hast thou utterly rejected us? etc. Ew Öt); sq. a noun, except, but, Gn 28:17 this is nothing כִּי אִם־בֵּית הָאֱ׳ but the house of God, 39:9 he withholds from me nothing כִּי אִם־אוֹתָךְ except thee, Lv 21:2 Nu 14:30 (after אִם), 26:65 (cf. 32:12 בִּלְתִּי), Jos 14:4 1 S 30:17, 22 2 S 12:3 אֵין כֹּל כִּי אִם־ (so 2 K 4:2), 19:29 1 K 17:1 (after אִם), 22:31 2 K 5:15; 9:35; 13:7 Je 22:17; 44:14 +; after אַל, 2 Ch 23:6; sq. an adv. clause, Gn 42:15 Nu 35:33 2 S 3:13 (but כִּי אִם and לִפְנֵי are mutually exclusive: read prob. with 𝔊 כִּי אִם־הֵבֵיאתָ); after an interrog. Is 42:19 who is blind כִּי אִם־עַבְדִּי but my servant? (who is blind in comparison with him?), Dt 10:12 Mi 6:8 Ec 5:10 2 Ch 2:5. b. the if being neglected, and treated as pleonastic (cf. אִם 1 c), so that the clause is no longer a limitation of the preceding clause but a contradiction of it: but rather, but (= a slightly strengthened כִּי), Gn 15:4 this man shall not be thy heir: כִּי אִם־אֲשֶׁר וג׳ but one that shall come forth from thy own bowels, he shall be they heir (cf. 1 K 8:19), 32:29 thy name shall no more be called Jacob כִּי אִם־יִשְׂרָאֵל but Israel (cf. כִּי alone 17:15), 47:18 we will not hide it from my lord, but the money … is all made over to, etc., Ex 12:9 not boiled in water, but roast with fire, Dt 7:5; 12:5; 16:6 Jos 23:8 1 S 2:15 he will not take of thee boiled flesh כֻּי אִם־חָֽי ׃ but raw, 8:19 לֹא כִּי אִם־מֶלֶךְ יִהְיֶה עָלֵינוּ nay, but a king shall be over us (cf. כי alone, 10:19; 12:12), 21:5 2 S 5:6 1 K 18:18 2 K 10:23 (פֶּן), Is 33:21; 55:10, 11; 59:2 Je 3:10; 7:32; 9:23; 16:15; 20:3 Ez 36:22; 44:10 Am 8:11 ψ 1:2, 4 Pr 23:17 (אַל) +; with the principal verb repeated (as Gn 15:4 1 K 8:19), Lv 21:14 Ez 44:22 Nu 10:30 2 K 23:23 Je 39:12 Kt (Qr om. אִם), cf. 7:23. Occas. in colloq. language, the neg., it seems, is left to be understood: 1 S 26:10 as י׳ liveth, (by no means,) כִּי אִם but י׳ shall smite him, 2 S 13:33 Kt (by no means,) but Amnon alone is dead (Qr om. אִם). Sq. imv. Is 65:18 Ez 12:23 Je 39:12 2 Ch 25:8. Sometimes also, though rarely (and not certainly). כִּי אִם appears to have the force of only even without a previous neg.: Gn 40:14 כִּי אִם־זְכַרְתַּנִי אִתְּךָ only have (?) me in remembrance with thyself (but read perhaps אַךְ for כִּי; v Dr§ 119 δ n., the use of a bare pf., without לוּ, or even waw consec., to express a wish or command is unexampled), Nu 24:22 כִּי אִם־יִהְיֶה לְבָעֵר קָֽיִן ׃ only, nevertheless, the Kenite shall be for extermination (cf. Di), Jb 42:8 (De Di) כִּי אִם־פָּנָיו אֶשָּׂא. c. after an oath כִּי אִם appears to = a strengthened כִּי (cf. בִּלְתִּי אִם, עַר אִם: אִם 1 c), introducing the fact sworn to (v. כִּיּ 1 c.): 2 K 5:20 as י׳ liveth, כִּי אִם־רַצְתִּי surely I will run (pf. of certitude) after him, etc., Je 51:14 (Ges Hi Gf RV) surely I will fill thee with men (viz. assailants), etc. (but Ew Ke Ch treat the particles as separate (כִּי as כִּי 1 c): though I have filled thee with men—i.e. increased thy population—, yet shall they—the assailants—lift up the shout against thee), 2 S 15:21 Kt (Qr omits אִם); after an assever. part. Ru 3:12 Kt וְעַתָּה כִּי אָמְנָם כִּי אִם גּוֹאֵל אָנֹכִי and now, yea indeed, surely I am thy kinsman (Qr omits אִם); the oath being understood, Ju 15:7 if ye do thus, כִּי אִם־נִקַּמְתִּי surely (Ges hercle) I will avenge myself, 1 S 21:6 כִּי אִם־אִשָּׁה עֲצֻרָה לָנוּ of a truth women have been kept from us, etc., 1 K 20:6 surely tomorrow I will send, etc., Pr 23:18 (v. De) surely there is a reward; perhaps also Jb 42:8.

כִּי אִם־ (the אִם foll. by makkeph, except Gn 15:4 Nu 35:33 Ne 2:2, where כִּי־אִם is read by the Mass., Pr 2:3: FrMM 241)— 1. each part. retaining its independent force, and relating to a different clause: a. that if Je 26:15; after an oath (כִּי not translated: v. כִּי 1 c) if 1 S 14:39 Je 22:24, surely not (אִם 1 b 2) 2 S 3:35 1 S 25:34 (כִּי being resumptive of the כִּי before לוּלֵי: v. כִּי 1 c); Ex 22:22 (in apod.) indeed if … (v. כִּי 1 d). b. for if Ex 8:17; 9:2; 10:4 Dt 11:20 +, for though Is 10:22 Je 37:20 Am 5:22, but if Je 7:5. 2. (About 140 times) the two particles being closely conjoined, and relating to the same clause— a. limiting the prec. clause, except (after a negative, or an oath, or question, the equivalent of a negative)—the most usual term for expressing this idea: sq. vb. Gn 32:27 I will not let thee go; כִּי אִם־בֵּרַכְתָּֽנִי lit. but (כִּי 3 e) if thou bless me (sc. I will let thee go), i.e., subordinating the second clause to the first, ‘I will not let thee go, except thou bless me;’ Lv 22:6 he shall not eat of the holy things כִּי אִם־רָחַץ except he have washed his flesh, Is 65:6 Am 3:7 Ru 3:18 La 5:21f. (Ew Näg Ke Che Öt), turn thou us unto thee, etc., unless thou have utterly rejected us, (and) art very wroth with us (= Or hast thou utterly rejected us? etc. Ew Öt); sq. a noun, except, but, Gn 28:17 this is nothing כִּי אִם־בֵּית הָאֱ׳ but the house of God, 39:9 he withholds from me nothing כִּי אִם־אוֹתָךְ except thee, Lv 21:2 Nu 14:30 (after אִם), 26:65 (cf. 32:12 בִּלְתִּי), Jos 14:4 1 S 30:17, 22 2 S 12:3 אֵין כֹּל כִּי אִם־ (so 2 K 4:2), 19:29 1 K 17:1 (after אִם), 22:31 2 K 5:15; 9:35; 13:7 Je 22:17; 44:14 +; after אַל, 2 Ch 23:6; sq. an adv. clause, Gn 42:15 Nu 35:33 2 S 3:13 (but כִּי אִם and לִפְנֵי are mutually exclusive: read prob. with 𝔊 כִּי אִם־הֵבֵיאתָ); after an interrog. Is 42:19 who is blind כִּי אִם־עַבְדִּי but my servant? (who is blind in comparison with him?), Dt 10:12 Mi 6:8 Ec 5:10 2 Ch 2:5. b. the if being neglected, and treated as pleonastic (cf. אִם 1 c), so that the clause is no longer a limitation of the preceding clause but a contradiction of it: but rather, but (= a slightly strengthened כִּי), Gn 15:4 this man shall not be thy heir: כִּי אִם־אֲשֶׁר וג׳ but one that shall come forth from thy own bowels, he shall be they heir (cf. 1 K 8:19), 32:29 thy name shall no more be called Jacob כִּי אִם־יִשְׂרָאֵל but Israel (cf. כִּי alone 17:15), 47:18 we will not hide it from my lord, but the money … is all made over to, etc., Ex 12:9 not boiled in water, but roast with fire, Dt 7:5; 12:5; 16:6 Jos 23:8 1 S 2:15 he will not take of thee boiled flesh כֻּי אִם־חָֽי ׃ but raw, 8:19 לֹא כִּי אִם־מֶלֶךְ יִהְיֶה עָלֵינוּ nay, but a king shall be over us (cf. כי alone, 10:19; 12:12), 21:5 2 S 5:6 1 K 18:18 2 K 10:23 (פֶּן), Is 33:21; 55:10, 11; 59:2 Je 3:10; 7:32; 9:23; 16:15; 20:3 Ez 36:22; 44:10 Am 8:11 ψ 1:2, 4 Pr 23:17 (אַל) +; with the principal verb repeated (as Gn 15:4 1 K 8:19), Lv 21:14 Ez 44:22 Nu 10:30 2 K 23:23 Je 39:12 Kt (Qr om. אִם), cf. 7:23. Occas. in colloq. language, the neg., it seems, is left to be understood: 1 S 26:10 as י׳ liveth, (by no means,) כִּי אִם but י׳ shall smite him, 2 S 13:33 Kt (by no means,) but Amnon alone is dead (Qr om. אִם). Sq. imv. Is 65:18 Ez 12:23 Je 39:12 2 Ch 25:8. Sometimes also, though rarely (and not certainly). כִּי אִם appears to have the force of only even without a previous neg.: Gn 40:14 כִּי אִם־זְכַרְתַּנִי אִתְּךָ only have (?) me in remembrance with thyself (but read perhaps אַךְ for כִּי; v Dr§ 119 δ n., the use of a bare pf., without לוּ, or even waw consec., to express a wish or command is unexampled), Nu 24:22 כִּי אִם־יִהְיֶה לְבָעֵר קָֽיִן ׃ only, nevertheless, the Kenite shall be for extermination (cf. Di), Jb 42:8 (De Di) כִּי אִם־פָּנָיו אֶשָּׂא. c. after an oath כִּי אִם appears to = a strengthened כִּי (cf. בִּלְתִּי אִם, עַר אִם: אִם 1 c), introducing the fact sworn to (v. כִּיּ 1 c.): 2 K 5:20 as י׳ liveth, כִּי אִם־רַצְתִּי surely I will run (pf. of certitude) after him, etc., Je 51:14 (Ges Hi Gf RV) surely I will fill thee with men (viz. assailants), etc. (but Ew Ke Ch treat the particles as separate (כִּי as כִּי 1 c): though I have filled thee with men—i.e. increased thy population—, yet shall they—the assailants—lift up the shout against thee), 2 S 15:21 Kt (Qr omits אִם); after an assever. part. Ru 3:12 Kt וְעַתָּה כִּי אָמְנָם כִּי אִם גּוֹאֵל אָנֹכִי and now, yea indeed, surely I am thy kinsman (Qr omits אִם); the oath being understood, Ju 15:7 if ye do thus, כִּי אִם־נִקַּמְתִּי surely (Ges hercle) I will avenge myself, 1 S 21:6 כִּי אִם־אִשָּׁה עֲצֻרָה לָנוּ of a truth women have been kept from us, etc., 1 K 20:6 surely tomorrow I will send, etc., Pr 23:18 (v. De) surely there is a reward; perhaps also Jb 42:8.

II. סוּס138 n.m. Ex 15:1 horse (NH סוּס, סוּסָה, Aramaic סוּסְיָא, ܣܽܘܣܝܳܐ, Mand. סוסיא, Sin. id., Lzb 328; Assyrian sisû (sîsû?) DlHWB 506; Tel Am. su-u[su] WklTA. 191, 24; prob. foreign word cf. NöM 147 Erman Ägypten 649; Eng. tr. 490);—ס׳ abs. 1 K 20:20 +; cstr. Ex 15:19 +; pl. סוּסִים Gn 47:17 +, סֻסִים 2 S 15:1; cstr. סוּסֵי 2 K 2:11; sf. סוּסַי 1 K 22:4; 2 K 3:7, סוּסֶיךָ Mi 5:9 + 4 times, סוּסָיו Is 5:28 +, סוּסֵיכֶם Am 4:10, סוּסֵיהֶם Jos 11:6 +;—horse: 1. non-Isr.; chariot-horses of Canaanites Ju 5:22 (cf. v 28 4:3, 13; עִקְבֵי ס׳; ס׳ coll., as often), Jos 11:4, 6, 9 (JE); horses as property of Egyptians Gn 47:17; Ex 9:3 (both J), cf. Zc 14:15; merchandise of Tyre Ez 27:14; chariot-horses of Egypt [cf. Hom Il. ix. 384], Ex 14:9, 23 (P), 15:1, 21 (poem), v 19 (P; on all v. Di), Dt 11:4; Is 31:1, 3; Je 46:4, 9; Ez 17:15; of Aram 1 K 20:1 + 11 times K (1 K 20:20 ridden, for flight), Assyr. Is 5:28 + 3 times, Chaldeans Je 4:13 + 6 times; other nations Na 3:2; Je 50:42 + 5 times; as ridden 1 K 20:20 (v. supr.), Je 8:23; Ez 38:4, 15 + 13 times (late). 2. in Isr.; chariot-horses of Absalom 2 S 15:1, especially of Sol., and later, 1 K 5:6, 8; 10:25, 28, 29, and ‖ Chr; 18:5 and (as war-equipment) 22:4 2 K 3:7; 9:33; 10:2 Pr 21:31; סוּסֵי אֵשׁ 2 K 2:11 (Elijah), cf. 6:17; consecr. to sun 2 K 23:11 (cf. RSSem. 275; 2nd ed. 293); sign of luxury and apostasy Am 4:10; Ho 1:7; 1:4 Is 2:7 Mi 5:9 Zc 9:10, cf. Dt 17:6, 16, but v. Zc 14:20; in vision Zc 6:2(×2), 3(×2), 6; ridden 2 K 9:18, 19; 18:23 = Is 36:8, Am 2:15 + 4 times Is Je; in vision Zc 1:8(×2); שַׁעַר הַסּ׳ Je 31:40; Ne 3:28, cf. 2 K 11:16 = 2 Ch 23:15; property of returned exiles Ezr 2:66 = Ne 7:68 van d. H. (om. Mass. Baer Ginsb q.v.); description of horse Jb 39:19; in various sim. and fig. Am 6:12; Je 5:8; 8:6; 12:5; Ez 23:20; Is 63:13; Jo 2:4; Pr 27:3 ψ 32:9; 147:10. 3. chariot-horses of י׳ Hb 3:15 (fig. of clouds), cf. Zc 10:3.—Cf. also חֲצַר סוּסָה" dir="rtl" >חֲצַר סוּסִים, and פָּרָשׁ²" dir="rtl" >פָּרָשׁ, רֶ֫כֶשׁ" dir="rtl" >רֶכֶשׁ.

II. אַף conj. denoting addition, especially of something greater, also, yea (so Ph. Aramaic ܐܳܦ, אַף, אוֹף; cf. فَ ). 1. very rare in plain prose (in which גַּם is more usual): Gn 40:16 (with pron., as rather often) I also in my dream, Nu 16:14 Dt 2:11, 20 2 S 20:14 (v. Dr) 2 K 2:14 Est 5:12; more freq. in poetry, especially as introducing emphatically a new thought Dt 33:3, 20, 28 1 S 2:7 ψ 16:6, 7, 9; 18:49; 65:14 they shout for joy, yea, they sing! 68:9, 17; 74:16; 89:28; 93:1 Pr 22:19; 23:28 +; or in more elevated prose style, Lv 26:16, 24, 28, 41; and 25 times in the impassioned rhetoric of Is 2 (40:24–48:15), e.q. 40:24; 41:10, 26; 42:13; 43:7, 19; 46:11 yea, I have spoken, I will also bring it to pass; I have purposed, I will also do it! 48:12, 15. Implying something surprising or unexpected, even, indeed Jb 14:3; 15:4. וְאַף and also Lv 26:39, 40, 42, 44 Dt 15:17 Hb 2:15 ψ 68:19 1 Ch 8:32 = 9:38 2 Ch 12:5 Ne 2:18; 13:15; and even Jb 19:4 וְאַף־אָמְנָם שָׁגִיתִי and even indeed (if) I have erred … With הֲ, הַאַף indeed …? really …? †Gn 18:13, 23 wilt thou indeed sweep away the righteous with the wicked? v 24 Am 2:11 Jb 34:17; 40:8. In contrast to a preceding thought (expressed or implied) but, nay ψ 44:10; 58:3; cf. Ju 5:29. 2. (Equally in prose and poetry) with ref. to a preceding sentence, yea, à fortiori, the more so (= how much more! after an affirm. clause; = how much less! after a neg. one): †2 S 4:10 f. when one told me, Saul is dead … I took hold of him and slew him … אַף כִּי־אֲנָשִׁים רְשָׁעִים הָרְגוּ וג׳ à fortiori, how much more (should I do so), when wicked men have slain a righteous person, etc.! Ez 14:21 (Ew Hi) 15:5 Pr 21:27 (in all these passages כִּי = when) Jb 4:19. So וְאַף †1 S 23:3 2 K 5:13 … וְאַף כִּי־אָמַר אֵלֶיךָ and the more (= and how much rather), when he hath said to thee, etc. More commonly in this sense strengthened by כִּי (q.v.), v. infr.

[בֵ֫לֶת] subst. (from בָּלָה, of the form דֶּלֶת Ol§ 146 b) prop. failure, hence used as particle of negation, not, except (cf. בְּלִי, אֶפֶס), twice with sf. (v. infr.), elsewhere always בִּלְתִּי (with binding vowel ִי, as mark of cstr. state: Sta§ 343 Ges§ 90, 3), (Ph. בלת only: Tabnith-Inscr. 5)— †1. adv. not, with an adj. 1 S 20:26 בִּלְתִּי טָהוֹר not clean, with a subst. Is 14:6 מַכַּת בִּלְתִּי סָרָה a stroke of non-cessation, i.e. a never-ceasing stroke, with a finite vb. (si vera l.) Ez 13:3 (RVm: but v. Dr§ 41 Obs.). †2. after a preceding negation, not = except (syn. זוּלָתִי), Gn 21:26 I have not heard בִּלְתִּי הַיּוֹם except to-day, Ex 22:19 he that sacrificeth בִּלְתִּי לי׳ except unto י׳, Nu 32:12; Jos 11:19: so בִּלְתִּי אִם Gn 47:18; Ju 7:14 (cf. כִּי אִם Gn 28:17; Ne 2:2). With sf. (attached to the ground-form בֵּלֶת) בִּלְתִּי except me †Ho 13:4, בִּלְתֶּ֑ךָ except thee †1 S 2:2. †3. conj. (likewise after a neg., expressed or implied) Gn 43:3 בִּלְתִּי אֲחִיכֶם אִתְּכֶם except your brother (be) with you, v 5 Nu 11:6 our soul is dry, there is nothing at all; save that our eyes are toward the manna, Is 10:4 (and where will ye leave your glory?) save that they bow down under the prisoners, and fall under the slain! i.e. (iron.) their only refuge will be among the corpses of a battle-field. So בִּלְתִּי אִם Am 3:3, 4.—Dn 11:18, where no neg. precedes, it is difficult to extract a sense consistent with the gen. usage of בִּלְתִּי: Ges besides that his reproach he will return unto him, Ew only, nothing but, Hi certainly, Drechsler (on Is 10:4) nay, even (cf. RV). 4. With preps. a. לְבִלְתִּי86 so as not …, in order not … (negation of לְ sq. Inf.), usually sq. Inf. cstr., as Gn 4:15 gave a sign to Cain לְבִלְתִּי הַכּוֹת־אֹתוֹ in order that any finding him should not smite him, 19:21; 38:9; Ex 8:18, 25; 9:17; Lv 18:30; 20:4; 26:15; Dt 8:11; 17:12 the man that doeth presumptuously לְבִלְתִּי שְׁמֹעַ so as not to hearken etc. (cf. Je 16:12; 17:23; 18:10; 42:13; Dn 9:11) v 20 Ju 2:23 +; לְבִלְתִּי הוֹעִיל in order not to profit (the result represented forcibly as the design; cf. sub לְמַעַן) Is 44:10 Je 7:8; after vbs. of commanding Gn 3:11 which I commanded thee לְבִלְתִּי אֲכָל־מִמֶּנּוּ not to eat thereof, 2 K 17:15; Je 35:8f, 14 Ru 2:9, swearing Dt 4:21; Jos 5:6; Ju 21:7; Ez 20:15, agreeing 2 K 12:9, interceding Je 36:25. Once לְבִלְתִּי לְ 2 K 23:10 (cf. לְמַעַן לְ Ez 21:20, בַּעֲבוּר לְ 1 Ch 19:3). Twice as conj. with the impf., Ex 20:20; 2 S 14:14 (cf. בַּעֲבוּר, & מִן Dt 33:11). In Je 23:14; 27:18 sq. perf., which is inconsistent with the nature of a final conj.: read either יָשׁוּבוּ, יָבֹאוּ, or שׁוּב, בוֹא (cf. Dr§ 41 Obs.). On Ez 13:3 v. supr. †b. מִבִּלְתִּי an account of not … (negation of מִן sq. Inf.): sq. Inf. Nu 14:16 מִבִּלְתִּי יְכֹלֶת י׳; a verbal noun Ez 16:28 מִבִּלְתִּי שָׂבְעָתֵךְ. †c. עַד־בִּלְתִּי until not …, sq. perf. (Ges§ 164 d; RSJPh. xvi. 72), or an Inf. (Ew§ 238 d), in the phrase (לָהֶם) עַד־בִּלְתִּי הִשְׁאִיר־לוֹ שָׂרִיד until one left him (them) not a remnant, Nu 21:35; Dt 3:3; Jos 8:22; 10:33; 11:8; 2 K 10:11.—Jb 14:12 עַד־בִּלְתִּי שָׁמַיִם till there be no heaven (cf. עַד־בְּלִי ψ 72:7).

רַק †1. adj. thin;—fpl. רַקּוֹת, of kine, Gn 41:19, 20, 27 (‖ v 3, 4 דַּקּוֹת). 2. 109 adv. with restrictive force, only, altogether, surely (syn. אַךְ);— a. only, Gn 14:24; 41:40 רַק הַכִּסֵּא אֶגְדַּל מִמֶּךָּ only as regards the throne, etc., 47:22 רַק אַדְמַת הַכֹּהֲנִים לֹא קָנָה, 50:8; Ex 8:5 רַק בַּיְאֹר תִּשָּׁאַרְנָח, 10:17 וְיָסֵר מֵעָלַי רַק הַמָּוֶת הַזֶּה only this death, Dt 2:35 (cf. 20:14; Jos 8:2, 27), 3:11; Ju 6:39 (cf. אַךְ ib. Gn 18:32; Ex 10:17), 11:34 (circ. cl.) רַק הִיא יְחִידָה (there being) only she, an only one, 1 S 1:13; Am 3:2 רק אתכם ידעתי only you have I known, etc., Jb 1:15, 16, 17, 19 וָאִמָּֽלְטָה רַק אֲנִי לְבַדִּי I only, ψ 91:8 + often. Once strengthening אַךְ, †Nu 12:2 הֲרַק אַךְ־בְּמשֶׁה דִּבֶּר י׳. And separated (as sometimes in English) from the word actually emphasized, Pr 13:10 רַק בְּזָדוֹן יִתֵּן מַצָּה by pride there only cometh [נָתַן 1 z] contention. b. prefixed to sentences, to add a limitation on sthg. previously expressed (or implied), Gn 19:8 only to these men do nothing, 24:8 רַק אֶת־בְּנִי לֹא־תָשֵׁב הֵ֫נָּה, Ex 8:24 I will let you go …, only go not far, v 25 Nu 20:19 only—it is nothing—let me pass through on my feet (cf. Dt 2:28); especially in Deut. writers, as Dt 10:15; 12:15; 20:16; 1 K 3:2, 3 (cf. 2 K 12:4; 14:4; 15:4, 35), 8:19; 11:13; 15:14, 23; 2 K 3:2 (cf. 14:3; 17:2), etc., Is 4:1; emphasizing a command, Dt 4:9; 12:16, 23 Jos 1:7, 18; 6:18; 13:6; 22:5 (all D2). c. emphasizing single words, especially adjj., only = nought but, altogether, Gn 6:5 יֵצֶר מַחְשְׁבוֹת לִבּוֹ רַק רַע is only evil, i.e. exclusively evil, nought but evil, Gn 26:29 עָשִׂינוּ עִמְּךָ רַק טוֹב nothing but good, Dt 28:33 וְהָיִיתָ רַק עָשׁוּק, Is 28:19 רַק זְוָעָה it shall be nought but terror to, etc., 1 K 14:8 (cf. אַךְ 2 b β); sq. an adv. Dt 28:13 וְהָיִיתָ רַק לְמַ֫עְלָה above only; sq. a vb., Ju 14:16 thou dost but hate me. †d. after a neg., save, except (syn. כִּי אִם 2 a), 1 K 8:9 (= 2 Ch 5:10) אֵין בָּאָרוֹן רַק שְׁנֵי לֻחוֹת הָאֲבָנִים, 15:5; 22:16 (= 2 Ch 18:15), 2 K 17:18. †e. with an affirmative, asseverative force, only, altogether = surely, Gn 20:11 רַק אֵין יִרְאַת אלהים במקום הזה, Dt 4:6 (so EV; but Ges populus mere sapiens, so Di), 1 K 21:25 2 Ch 28:10 ψ 32:6 רַק לְשֶׁטֶף מים רבים אליו לא יַגִּ֑יעוּ. †f. רַק אִם (רַק prefixed for emph.) if only, provided only, Dt 15:5 רַק אִם שׁמוע תשׁמע וג׳, 1 K 8:25 (= 2 Ch 6:16) רַק אִם ישׁמרו בניך דרכם ללכת וג׳, 2 K 21:8 (= 2 Ch 33:8).

II. הֵן100 (הֶן־ †Nu 23:9, 24 Jb 8:19, 20; 13:1; 26:14; 33:6, 12, 29; 36:5, 22, 26; הֵן־ Jb 13:15; 36:30 41:1 +) demonstr. adv. or interj. lo! behold (on etym. v. הִנֵּה), less widely used than הִנֵּה, and in prose mostly confined to calling attention to some fact upon which action is to be taken, or a conclusion based; a. Gn 3:22 הֵן הָאָדָם הָיָה behold, the man is become as one of us, & now lest, etc., 4:14 behold, thou hast driven me forth etc., 11:6; 15:3; 19:34; 27:11; 29:7; 30:34 (nearly = yea), Ex 5:5; 6:12, 30 Lv 10:18, 19 Nu 17:27 Dt 5:21 (in prose only in Pent. (23 times) and Ez 18:4 in this usage); in poetry, used more freely, but chiefly in Is 2 & Jb,—Nu 23:9, 24 (Balaam) Is 23:13; 32:1; 33:7 ψ 51:7, 8; 68:34; 78:20; 139:4 Pr 11:31 (stating the premiss to a conclusion introduced by אַף כִּי, q.v.), 24:12: elsewhere (except in senses b, c) only in Is 2 (23 times) & Jb (31 times), as Is 40:15(×2); 41:11, 24, 29; 50:1, 2, 9(×2), 11 Jb 4:18; 15:15; 25:5 (in these three passages before אַף or אַף כִּי), 9:11, 12 etc. (v. supr.). †b. as a hypoth. part., propounding a possibility, if (so NH Biblical Aramaic, Mand. Palm. (ZMG 1888, 404); on the contr. Syriac ܐܶܢ, Pal. 𝔗 אִין, also Palm. (ib. p. 415), Arabic إِنْ, with א), a special application or development of the use a: Ex 4:1 והן לא יאמינו לי and behold (= and suppose) they will not believe me?, Lv 10:8; 25:20 and if (וְכִי) ye say, What shall we eat the 7th year? הֵן לֹא נִזְרַע behold, we shall not sow etc. (i.e. supposing we do not sow), Is 54:15 Jb 9:12; 13:15; 40:23 2 Ch 7:13(×2) (v 13b וְאִם); stating ground on which a qu. is based, Ex 8:22 (וְלֹא = הֲלֹא), Je 3:1 Hg 2:12 (v. הֵן Aramaic b). †c. if, whether, in an indirect question, Je 2:10 רְאוּ הֵן הָֽיְתָה כָּזֹאת (but Gr הֲנִהְיְתָה); cf. אִם" dir="rtl" >אִם 2 b, and הֵן" dir="rtl" >הֵן Aramaic c.

יַ֫עַן96 proposes subst., purpose, intention, but always used as prep. or conj., on account of, because (for יַעֲנֶה, of the form יִצְהָר, etc., Sta§ 259 Köii. 403; cf. عَنَى mean, intend):— 1. as prep., rarely with a subst., †Ez 5:9 יַעַן תּוֹעֲבוֹתֵיכֶם, Hg 1:9 יַעַן מָה, v 9 יַעַן בֵּיתִי; with a ptcp. Ez 36:13 יען אמרים because of men saying to you (but read prob. אָמְרָם, Co Toy Berthol); freq. with inf. c., 1 K 21:20 יַעַן הִתְמַכֶּרְךָ on account of thy having sold thyself, Am 5:11; Is 30:12; 37:29 (= 2 K 19:28) יַעַן הִתְרַגֶּזְךָ אֵלַי, Je 5:14; 7:13; 23:38; 48:7, and often (c. 18 times) in Ezek., as 5:7 (read יַעַן הַמְרֹֽתְכֶם), 13:8, 22; 25:3, 6, 8, 12. 2. As conj.: a. יַעַן אֲשֶׁר (32 times), usually with pf., as Gn 22:16 יען אשׁר עשׂית זאת because that thou hast done this, Dt 1:36 (Jos 14:14), Ju 2:20; 1 S 30:22; 1 K 3:11; 8:18; Je 19:4; 25:8; 29:23 (not Is) +; with impf. (in frequent. sense) Ez 44:12. †b. יַעַן כִּי, Nu 11:20 יַעַן כִּי מְאַסְתֶּם אֶת־י׳, 1 K 13:21; 21:29; Is 3:16; 7:5; 8:6; 29:13. c. יַעַן alone (23 times), with pf. Nu 20:12 יַעַן לֹא הֶאֱמַנְתֶּם בִּי, 1 S 15:23; 1 K 14:13; 20:42; 2 K 22:19; Ho 8:1; Is 61:1; 65:12; 66:4; with impf. (freq.) †Ez 34:21. Once יַעַן אֲשֶׁר of the fut. †Ez 12:12 because he shall not see, etc., (but 𝔊 Co לְמַעַן אשׁר לא יֵרָאֶה לָעַיִן). Usually the vb. follows immediately, but Ezek. sometimes puts the obj.first for emph., 5:11 יַעַן אֶת־מִקְדָּשִׁי טִמֵּאת, 20:16, 24; 36:6, cf. 34:21. †3. יַעַן וּבְיַעַן, q. d. because and by the cause (that), sq. perf., Lv 26:43 (H) יען וביען בְּמִשְׁפָּטַי מָאָ֔סוּ, Ez 13:10; יַעַן בְּיַעַן sq. inf., Ez 36:3. (In all, reckoning יען (ו)ביען once each, 93 times, 20 in 1–2 K, 11 in Je, 38 in Ez; only 9 in Gn-2 S.)

ὥστε, as adverb, bearing the same relation to ὡς as ὅστε to ὅς, and used by Refs 8th c.BC+ more frequently than ὡς in similes, when it is commonly written divisim, and is relative to a demonstrative ὥς: sometimes with present Indic., Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes with aorist, ὥς τε λέων ἐχάρη Refssubjunctive present or aorist, Refs 8th c.BC+: all three usages combined in one simile, with varied construction, Refs 8th c.BC+:—the verb is sometimes omitted, λάμφ᾽ ὥς τε στεροπή Refs is chiefly Epic dialect Refs 5th c.BC+, but it occurs in Refs 7th c.BC+ __II to mark the power or virtue by which one does a thing, as being, inasmuch as, like{ἅτε}, τὸν δ᾽ ἐξήρπαξ᾽ Ἀφροδίτη ῥεῖα μάλ᾽, ὥ. θεός Refs 8th c.BC+; ὥ. περὶ ψυχῆς since it was for life, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B as conjunction to express the actual or intended result of the action in the principal clause: __B.I mostly with infinitive, so as or for to do a thing, twice in Refs 8th c.BC+ if thy heart is eager to return, Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ τηλίκος.., ὥ. σημάντορι πάντα πιθέσθαι not of such age as to obey a master in all things, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὥ. ἀποπλησθῆναι (ἀποπλῆσαι codices) τὸν χρησμόν Refs 5th c.BC+; also in Trag. and Attic dialect after demonstratives, οὔπω τοσοῦτον ἠπατημένος κυρῶ ὥστ᾽ ἄλλα χρῄζειν Refs 5th c.BC+; this construction is found in cases where (as in Refs 8th c.BC+ seems superfluous; so after ἐθέλειν, Κύπρις.. ἤθελ᾽ ὥ. γίγνεσθαι τόδε Refs 5th c.BC+; after ἔστι, for ἔξεστι, Refs 5th c.BC+; after ψηφίζεσθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+; after ἐπαίρειν, Refs 5th c.BC+; after words implying request, δεηθέντες.. ὥ. ψηφίσασθαι Refs __B.I.2 after Comparatives with ἤ, when the possibility of the consequence is denied compare (ὡς Refs 5th c.BC+ woes too great for tears, Refs 5th c.BC+ is sometimes left out, νόσημα μεῖζον ἢ φέρειν Refs 5th c.BC+; similarly with the Posit., ψυχρὸν ὥ. λούσασθαι too cold to bathe in, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἡμεῖς ἔτι νέοι ὥ. διελέσθαι too young to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ too few.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.3 ὥστε.. ἄν is used with infinitive, of contingencies more or less improbable, οὕτως ἐκάετο ὥστε μήτε.. ἄλλο τι ἢ γυμνοὶ ἀνέχεσθαι, ἥδιστά τε ἂν ἐς ὕσωρ ψυχρὸν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ῥίπτειν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.4 sometimes implying on condition that.., like{ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς Ἀθηναίοις, ὥστε βουλεῦσαι ὅ τι ἂν ἐκείνοις δοκῇ Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II with Indic., to express the actual or possible result with emphasis, οὐκ οὕτω φρενοβλαβὴς ὁ Πρίαμος οὐδὲ οἱ ἄλλοι.., ὥ. κινδυνεύειν ἐβούλοντο Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀσθενέες οὕτω, ὥ... διατετρανέεις Refs; οὕτως ἀγνωμόνως ἔχετε, ὥ. ἐλπίζετε..; are you so foolish that you expect.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+; with ἄν and the imperfect or aorist implying a supposed case, ὥστ᾽, εἰ φρονῶν ἔπρασσον, οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἐγιγνόμην κακός Refs 5th c.BC+; ὥστε οὐκ ἂν ἔλαθεν αὐτόθεν ὁρμώμενος Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 at the beginning of a sentence, to mark a strong conclusion, and so, therefore, ὥστ᾽.. ὄλωλα καί σε προσδιαφθερῶ Refs 5th c.BC+; before a question, ὥ. τίς ἂν ἀπετόλμησε..; Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 with optative, with ἄν, Refs 5th c.BC+; after optative in principal clause, Refs __B.II.4 with subjunctive, in order that, in Thessalian dialect, τὸς ταμίας φροντίσαι οὕστε.. γενειθεῖ τᾶ πόλι ἁ δόσις Refs __B.III with participle, instead of infinitive, after a participle in the principal clause, τοσοῦτον ἁπάντων διενεγκόντες, ὥσθ᾽ ὑπὲρ Ἀργείων δυστυχησάντων Θηβαίοις.. ἐπιτάττοντες κτλ. Refs 5th c.BC+; οὕτω σφόδρα μισοῦντα τοῦτον, ὥστε πολὺ δὴ (ἂν Dobree) θᾶττον διαθέμενον κτλ. Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.IV πόλεμος σκληρὸς ὥστε λίαν extremely, LXX __B.V in later Greek, followed by Preps., Παρμένοντι κλειδὸς ὥ. ἐπὶ τὸ Διοσκούριον Refs 3rd c.BC+; ξύλον ὥ. ἐπὶ τὴν ἅμαξαν Refs 3rd c.BC+; μόλυβδος ὥ. εἰς τὸ Κύνθιον Refs 3rd c.BC+; κριθῶν ὥ. εἰς τὰ κτήνη barley for the animals, Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὥ. εἰς ξένια φοίνικας Refs 3rd c.BC+ __B.V.b with dative, for, χρεία αὐτοῦ ἐστὶν ὥ. Πισικλεῖ it is needed for P., Refs 3rd c.BC+; ὥ. τοῖς χησίν Refs 3rd c.BC+

Related to: μονόω, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect μουνόω, Refs 8th c.BC+; but μον- in Refs 8th c.BC+: (μόνος):— make single or solitary, ἡμετέρην γενεὴν μούνωσε Κρονίων made our race single, i. e. allowed but one son in each generation, Refs 8th c.BC+; μ. τὸν Φίλιππον leave him isolated, Refs 2nd c.BC+; get alone, τινὰ ἐν σπήλυγγι Refs; strip of predicates, make unique, [θεόν] Refs 3rd c.AD+ __II more frequently in passive, to be left alone, forsaken, ἐνὶ Τρώεσσι μονωθείς Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐμουνοῦντο they were left each man by himself, Refs 5th c.BC+; μουνωθέντα taken apart, without witnesses (variant for{μουνόθεν}), Refs 4th c.BC+; of animals when hunted, Refs 5th c.BC+; when left solitary, Refs 4th c.BC+; of the soul, to be separated from the body, Refs 2nd c.AD+; of things, to be taken alone, Refs 4th c.BC+; to be isolated in thought, Refs 5th c.AD+ __II.2 with genitive person, μεμουνωμένοι συμμάχων deserted by allies, Refs 5th c.BC+; μονωθεὶς δάμαρτος, σοῦ μονούμενος, Refs 5th c.BC+ bereft of.., Refs 1st c.BC+; μονούμενος τῶν ἀγαθῶν separated from.., Refs 5th c.BC+; μονωθεῖσαι φρονήσεως without.., Refs; μονωθεὶς ἐκ τῆς εἱρκτῆς, i. e. set free from.., Refs

εἴτε, Doric dialect αἴτε, generally doubled, εἴτε..εἴτε.., Latin sive..sive.., either..or.., whether..or.., so that two cases are put as equally possible or equivalent; thrice repeated, Refs 5th c.BC+ is sometimes omitted in Poets, ξεῖνος, αἴτ᾽ ὦν ἀστός Refs 5th c.BC+; and even in Prose, πόλις, εἴτε ἰδιῶται Refs 5th c.BC+ Latin utrum..an.., variant in Refs 5th c.BC+; sometimes ἤ (ἠὲ καί.. variant in Refs 8th c.BC+; εἴτε.. εἴτε.., with subjunctive (compare εἰ), variant in Refs 4th c.BC+ __II in indirect questions, Refs 8th c.BC+

διό, conjunction, for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account, Refs 5th c.BC+; διὸ καί, διὸ δὴ καί, Refs 5th c.BC+

ἄρᾰ, Epic dialect ῥά (which is enclitic and used after monosyllables, ἦ, ὅς, γάρ, etc., or words ending in a vowel or diphthong, e.g. ἐπεί), before a consonant ἄρ (perhaps cf. Lithuanian i[rtilde] 'and'): expressing consequence, then, or mere succession, there and then, and in many derived uses. __A EARLIER USAGE: to denote, __A.I immediate transition, there and then, straightway, ὣς φάτο βῆ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ὌνειροςRefs 8th c.BC+: after a participle, ὣς εἰπὼν κατ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἕζετοRefs 5th c.BC+; οὕτως ἄραRefs 5th c.BC+; often in apodosi, as αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ δὴ θηήσατο.. αὐτίκ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἤλυθενRefs 8th c.BC+: in enumerations, e. g. in Homer's catalogue, then, next, οἱ δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ Ἀθήνας εἶχονRefs; so in genealogies, Σίσυφος.. ὁ δ᾽ ἄ. Γλαῦκον τέκεθ᾽ υἱόνRefs __A.I.2 to draw attention, mark you! τὸν τρεῖς μὲν ἐπιρρήσσεσκον.. τῶν ἄλλων Ἀχιλεὺς δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐπιρρήσσεσκε καὶ οἶοςRefs: to point a moral or general statement, φευγόντων δ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἂρ κλέος ὄρνυται οὔτε τις ἀλκήRefs __A.II connexion, such as, __A.II.1 that of antecedent and consequent, οἰνοχόει.. ἄσβεστος δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἐνῶρτο γέλωςRefs: also in questions, τίς τ᾽ ἄρ τῶν ὄχ᾽ ἄριστος ἔη; who then (say you) was.. ? Refshe it was, whom.., Refs, thus, then he spoke.—This usage is universal in Greek. __A.II.2 explanation of that which precedes, χωόμενον κατὰ θυμὸν ἐϋζώνοιο γυναικὸς τήν ῥα.. ἀπηύρων whom (and for this cause he was angry) they had taken away, Refs; εἰ μὴ ὑπερφίαλον ἔπος ἔκβαλε.. φῆ ῥ᾽ ἀέκητι θεῶν φυγέειν for he said, Refs 8th c.BC+; so with relatives, ἐκ δ᾽ ἔθορε κλῆρος ὃν ἄρ᾽ ἤθελον αὐτοί the very one which.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B LATER USAGE, always with inferential force: 1. in drawing conclusions (more subjective than οὖν), ἄριστον ἄ. ἡ εὐδαιμονίαRefs 4th c.BC+: especially by way of informal inference, as it seems, οὐκ ἄ. σοί γε πατὴρ ἦν ΠηλεύςRefs 8th c.BC+; οὕτω κοινόν τι ἄ. χαρᾷ καὶ λύπῃ δάκρυά ἐστιν so true is it that.., Refs 5th c.BC+; so in announcing the discovery or correction of an error, as οὐκ ἐννενοήκαμεν ὅτι εἰσὶν ἄ... Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰκότως ἄ. οὐκ ἐγίγνετο· ὡς γὰρ ἐγὼ νῦν πυνθάνομαι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 in questions, expressing the anxiety of the questioner, τίς ἄ. ῥύσετα; who is there to save ? Refs 4th c.BC+; so in exclamations to heighten the expression of emotion, οἵαν ἄρ᾽ ἥβην.. ἀπώλεσεν what a band of youth was that.. ! Refs; so ὡς ἄραRefs 5th c.BC+; πῶς ἄ.; οὕτως ἄ., etc.; ἄ. alone, ἔζης ἄ.Refs 5th c.BC+: especially in ironical comments, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 epexegetic, namely, ἐρῶ, ὡς ἄ... Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 for τοι ἄρα, τἄρα, see entry τοι Refs __B.5 εἰ (or ἐάν) μὴ ἄ. unless perhaps, Refs 5th c.BC+; separated from εἰ μή, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.6 in hypothetical clauses, to indicate the improbability of the supposition, ἢν ἄ. ποτὲ κατὰ γῆν βιασθῶσινRefs 5th c.BC+; or simply, perhaps (sometimes separated from εἰ), εἴ τις οὖν ὑμῶν ἄ... ὑπελάμβανενRefs 5th c.BC+ __C IN CRASIS, frequently τἄρα, μεντἄρα, οὐτἄρα: also δήξομἄρα for δήξομαι ἄ., Refs 5th c.BC+; οἰμώξετἄρα, κλαύσἄρα, Refs 5th c.BC+ __D ἄρα never stands first in the sentence in Classical Greek Refs 4th c.BC+, but is found at the beginning of an apodosis in NT, and first in a sentence, NT+2nd c.AD+; in conclusion of syllogism, Refs 2nd c.AD+

—

† אֶ֫פֶס, אָ֑פֶס n.m. proposes ceasing, hence 1. end, extremity, only in the poet. phrase אַפְסֵי אֶרֶץ (ψ 59:14 א׳ הארץ) ends, extreme limits, of the earth, used especially hyperbolically: Dt 33:17 1 S 2:10 Mi 5:3 Je 16:19 ψ 2:8; 59:14; 72:8 (= Zc 9:10); + כָּל־ Is 45:22; 52:10b (= ψ 98:3b) ψ 22:28; 67:8 Pr 30:4. 2. Expressing non-existence: a. as subst. (mostly a rare poet. syn. of אַיִן): Is 34:12 and all his princes יִהְיוּ אָ֑פֶס shall become nought, 41:29; 41:12 יִהְיוּ כְאַיִן וּכְאֶפֶס; 40:17 מֵאֶפֶס וָתֹהוּ (‖ כְּאַיִן) as made of nought and worthlessness are they accounted by him, 41:24 (read פָּעָלְכָם מֵאָ֑פֶס, ‖ מ��אַיִן, v. אֶפַע); 52:4 and Asshur oppressed him בְּאֶפֶס for nought. b. as part. of negation, proposes cessation of …! (cf. אֵין … nought of …), very rare in prose (2 S 9:3), chiefly a poet. syn. of אֵין: Is 5:8 עַד אֶפֶס מָקוֹם till there is an end of place = till there is no place (cf. עַד אֵין ψ 40:13), Am 6:10 (cf. אָֽיִן Ju 4:20), Dt 32:36 (hence, in prose, 2 K 14:26), Is 45:6 (cf. אין 43:11) v 14; 46:9; 54:15; אֲנִי וְאַפְסִי עוֹד Zp 2:15 Is 47:8, 10 is prob. to be rendered, ‘I am, and there is none besides’ (so Ges Ew Di etc.), the י being ‘paragogic’ as in זוּלָתִי etc. (Ges§ 90, 3a Ew§ 211b), cf. עוֹד" dir="rtl" >וְאֵין עוֹד Is 45:5, 6, 18, 21; but according to De the י is sf. of 1 s. ‘I am, and I am nought besides’ (i.e. and I am nought besides my all-sufficient self).—בְּאֶפֶס (like בְּאֵין, q.v.) without: Pr 14:28; 26:20 Jb 7:6 Dn 8:25. c. as adv. of limitation: (a) only: †Nu 22:35 (cf. אַךְ v 20) 23:13. (b) אֶפֶס כִּי save that, howbeit (qualifying a preceding statement): †Nu 13:28 Dt 15:4 Ju 4:9 Am 9:8 (+ 1 S 1:5 𝔊 We Sta Dr). So אֶפֶס alone †2 S 12:14 (the foll. כִּי signifying because).

πλήν, Doric dialectand Aeolic dialect πλάν Refs 5th c.BC+: preposition with genitive, except, save, πάντων Φαιήκων πλήν γ᾽ αὐτοῦ Λαοδάμαντος Refs 8th c.BC+; ὑπεγγύους π. θανάτου liable to any punishment short of death, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπιτρέψαι περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν π. θανάτου save in respect of death, Refs 5th c.BC+; σκυλεύειν τοὺς τελευτήσαντας π. ὅπλων of anything save their arms, Refs 5th c.BC+; διαρπάσαι.. ἐπέτρεψε πλὴν ἀνδραπόδων to carry off all plunder save slaves, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 later, besides, in addition to, LXX __B conjunction: __B.I with single words and phrases, especially when a negative precedes, οὐκ ἆρ᾽ Ἀχαιοῖς ἄνδρες εἰσὶ π. ὅδ; Refs 5th c.BC+: after a question implying a negative, τί σοι πέπρακται π.τεύχειν κακ; Refs 5th c.BC+ is sometimes omitted, θνῄσκουσι [πάντες] π. εἷς τις Refs 5th c.BC+: after a comparative, ταῦτ᾽ ἐστὶ κρείσσω π. ὑπ᾽ Ἀργείοις πεσεῖν Refs 5th c.BC+: after a superlative, τὸ μέγιστον εἴργται π. αἱ τάξεις τοῦ φόρου Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II frequently joined with other Particles: __B.II.1 π. εἰ, π. ἐάν, ὅταν, __B.II.1.a followed by a Verb, π. εἴ τις κωμῳδοποιὸς τυγχάνει ὤν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.1.b with Verb omitted, οὐδεὶς οἶδεν.., π. εἴ τις ἄρ᾽ ὄρνις Refs 5th c.BC+; π. εἰ μή, after a negative, οὐδὲν προσδεησόμεθα, π. εἰ μὴ πάρεργόν τι Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 πλὴν ἤ (where ἤ adds nothing to the sense; πλὴν εἰ is a common variant), οὐκ ἄλλῳ π. ἢ Προδίκῳ Refs 5th c.BC+; also οὐ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὑγιάζει π. ἀλλ᾽ ἢ.. Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.3 π. οὐ only not, πάντες προσδέχονται, π. οὐχ οἱ τύραννοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4 π. ὅτι except that.., save that.., καίτοι τί διαφέρουσιν ἡμῶν ἐκεῖνοι, π. ὅτι ψηφίσματ᾽ οὐ γράφουσι; Refs 5th c.BC+; πλήν γε ὅτι, πλήν γε δὴ ὅτι, Refs 5th c.BC+; after ὁμοίως, τὰ αὐτά, Refs 1st c.AD+ __B.II.5 π. ὅσον except or save so far as.., παρήκουσι παρὰ πᾶσαν [τὴν Λιβύην].., π. ὅσον Ἕλληνες.. ἔχουσι Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.5.b without a Verb, πάντων ἐρήμους, π. ὅσον τὸ σὸν μέρος save so far as thou art concerned, Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὺς πολλοὺς ἀπέκτειναν π. ὅσον ἐκ τριῶν νεῶν οὓς ἐζώγρησαν except only.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III introducing a clause, mostly preceded by οὐδείς, πᾶς, ἄλλος, save that, νῦν δ᾽ οὐδεμία πάρεστιν.., π. ἥ γ᾽ ἐμὴ κωμῆτις ἥδ᾽ ἐξέρχεται Refs 5th c.BC+: without any such word preceding, only, albeit, ἀπέπεμπε κήρυκας ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, π. οὔτε ἐς Ἀθήνας οὔτε ἐς Λακεδαίμονα ἀπέπεμπε Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.III.2 to break off and pass to another subject, only, however, π. γνώριζε ἄτοπος ὤν NT+3rd c.BC+: in late Prose, π. ἀλλά Refs 2nd c.AD+ __B.III.3 simply for δέ, but, πολλὴν στρατιὰν ἀθροίσας, π. ἄπειρον μάχης Refs 2nd c.AD+

קֳבֵל29 subst. front, as prep. in front of, before, because of; sq. דִּי as conj. because that (perhaps in form a dimin., Bev Dn 2:8; 𝔗 קְבֵיל, c. לְ, לִקְבֵיל, sf. לְקִבְלִי, etc., in front of (Dalm§ 47:7); Syriac ܩܒܽܘܠ, ܩܽܘܒܠܴܐ aspect, ܡܶܢ ܩܒܽܘܠ in front, ܠܽܘܩܒܰܠ, sf. ܠܩܽܘܒܠܶܗ in front (of), opposite (to), cf. Gn 15:10 𝔗 𝔖; Palm. לקבל before (Cooke321, cf. 193));—cstr. לָקֳבֵל Dn 2:8 + sf. לְקָבְלָךְ †2:31;— †1. c. לְ: a. Dn 3:3 לק׳ צַלְמָא before the image, 2:31; 5:1, 5; in view of, by reason of, 5:10 לק׳ מִלֵּי מַלְכָּא by reason of the words, etc., Ezr 4:16 לָקֳבֵל דְּנָה (cf. EgyptianAramaic לקבל זנה זי, RÉS361 B 5). b. sq. דִּי as conj. because that Ezr 6:13 (so Palm. CISii. 164). 2. c. בֹּל, כָּל־קֳבֵל in view of, because of (but read probably כְּלָקֳבֵל according to the front of, i.e. having regard to, because of: LuzzChald. Gr. § 123 LambertRÉJ, 1895, 47 f. Marti§ 95 d NöLCB, 1896, 703 NesOLZ, 1902, 487 Strack56 al.; cf. BH I. עֻמָּה d): a. as prep. כָּל־קֳבֵל דְּנָה because of this, therefore, †Dn 2:12, 24; 3:7, 8; 6:10 Ezr 7:17; Dn 3:22 pointing forwards, כָּל־קֳבֵל דִּנָה מִן־דִּי וג׳ on this account, (viz.) because that, etc. b. sq. דִּי as conj. because that, inasmuch as, Dn 2:8 כָּל־קֳבֵל (כְּלָקֳבֵל) דִּי חֲזֵיתוּן because ye see, v 10, 41, 45 +, Ezr 4:14; 7:14; Dn 5:22 = although. In Dn 2:40; 6:11 taken by 𝔊 (ὃν τρόπον, καθώς), Ges (Thes, not Lex), Ew Hi as = according as (as Ec 5:15 𝔗 כל קבל דאתא according as he came), but not Bev Behrm Marti. [Occas. in 𝔗, usually = before; cf. in 𝔗J Gn 28:17; 31:32, D§§ 47. 7; 50].

ἐπεί, conjunction, both temporal and causal; also ἐπειδή, ἐπείτε. OF TIME (ἐπειδή is more frequently in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Refs 8th c.BC+ __I with Ind., __I.1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly with aorist, ἐπεί π᾽ εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Refs 8th c.BC+after Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely with imperfect, ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+pluperfect, ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., Refs 4th c.BC+; but generally the aorist is found, the pluperfect being used only for special emphasis: with imperfect to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, ={ἐξ οὗ}, from the time when, since, mostly with aorist, πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Refs 5th c.BC+present (used in perfect sense) and perfect, ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II with Subj., ἄν being always added in Attic dialect Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect ἐπεάν Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.1 referring to future time with future apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Refs 8th c.BC+; ταῦτ᾽, ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ᾽ ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., Refs 8th c.BC+; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2 of repeated action, with a present apodosis, whenever, when once, δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, Refs κε in Poets, ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ᾽ ἀμφικαλύψῃ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.3 like Refs 4th c.BC+ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, Refs __III with Opt. (without ἄν): __III.1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (i.e. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 more frequently of repeated action, with a past apodosis, ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.3 in indirect speech after past tenses, representing a subjunctive in direct speech, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) Refs 5th c.BC+; after optative in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο, ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.4 by assimilation to optative in principal clause, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.5 ἐπειδάν with optative is falsa lectio in some passages of early authors, as Refs 5th c.BC+: found in later Gr., Refs 1st c.BC+ __IV with Inf., only in indirect speech, ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (i.e. ἔφη) Refs 5th c.BC+ __V with other words: __V.1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, frequently separated by a word, ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.1.b ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Refs 8th c.BC+ __V.2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B CAUSAL (ἐπεί more frequently in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, Refsinasmuch as, NT.Luke.1.1), since, seeing that, frequently from Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses), ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently with past tenses with ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ᾽ ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ᾽ ἄν Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ᾽· ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἔχοντ᾽ (i.e. εἷλεν) Refs 5th c.BC+: especially in the sense, for otherwise.., Refs 5th c.BC+future, ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Refs for teach me, Refs 5th c.BC+: with an interrogative, ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσεια; for how would you call him? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 with Opt., ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Refs 8th c.BC+; so after past tenses on the principle of indirect speech, ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 with Inf. in indirect speech, ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ᾽ εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Refs 5th c.BC+; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον Refsand yet, although, compare Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4.b sometimes after a vocative, where 'listen' may be supplied, Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ᾽ αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐ. γε (ἐπεί.. γε Refs 8th c.BC+ since indeed, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπειδή γεRefs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. ἦ since in truth, ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπείπερ (ἐ... περ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπειδήπερ in Comedy texts and Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. τοι since surely, Refs 8th c.BC+ sometimes begins a verse in Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+

διότι, conjunction for διὰ τοῦτο ὅτι.. Refs 2nd c.AD+, because, for the reason that, since, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲ δι᾽ ἓν ἄλλο ἢ διότι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 indirect, wherefore, for what reason, φράσω διότι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; σκοπεῖν διότι.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐρωτᾶν διότι.. Refs 4th c.AD+ __II ={ὅτι}, that, Refs 5th c.BC+: followed by infinitive, Refs 2nd c.BC+

† לוּ17 and לוּא (†1 S 14:30; Is 48:18; 63:19), also לֻא (Qr לוּ), †2 S 18:12; 19:7 (Arabic لَوْ, Aramaic ܠܘܰܝ, לְוַי, Mishn. לְוַי, Assyrian lû, with opt. force, Dl§§ 78 end, 93, 145; cf. Köii. 333), conj. if, O that:— 1. if (stating a case which has not been, or is not likely to be, realized): a. sq. pf. (so mostly), Dt 32:29 לו חכמו ישׂכילו זאת if they had been wise (which they are not), they would understand this; Mi 2:11 (apod. וְהָיָה); Ju 8:19; 13:23 לו חפץ י׳ להמיתנו לא לקח if J. had desired to slay us, he would not have taken, &c. 1 S 14:30 2 S 19:7. b. sq. impf. Ez 14:15 if I were to send, &c. (but read prob. אוֹ, cf. v 17, 19). c. sq. ptcp., 2 S 18:12 וְלֻא אָנֹכִי שֹׁקֵל and though I should be weighing 1000 pieces of silver upon my hand, I would not, &c. ψ 81:14–17 לו עמי שֹׁמֵעַ לי if my people were hearkening to me, … quickly would I bow down, &c. d. sq. יֵשׁ Job 16:4.—With the apod. omitted, Gn 50:15 לוּ יִשְׁמְמֵנוּ if Joseph were to hate us (how should we fare then?). 2. If only …! i.e. O that! would that! (cf. εἰ γάρ, εἴθε) usually sq. perf., as Nu 14:2(×2) לוּ מַתְנוּ if only we had died in the land of Egypt! 20:3; Jos 7:7 וְלוּ הוֹאַלְנוּ וַנֵּשֶׁב Is 48:18; 63:19; sq. יֵשׁ Nu 22:29; sq. impf. Gn 17:18 לו יחיה O that Ishmael might live before thee! Jb 6:2; sq. juss. Gn 30:34 לו יהי כדברך; sq. imv. 23:13 אם אתה לוּ שׁמעני if thou—O that thou wouldst hear me! (+ prob. v 5 לאמר ׃ לוּ שׁמעני for לאמר לוֹ ׃ שׁ׳, and similarly v 15).—Read also prob. לֻא for Mas. לֹא Ju 21:22 (with כִּי עַתָּה for כָּעֵת), 1 S 13:13; 20:14(×2) Jb 9:33 (sq. יֵשׁ); and perhaps 14:4 (Ew Kö).

† [קָסַם] vb.denom. practise divination;— Qal Impf. 3 mpl. יִקְסְמוּ 2 K 17:17, יִקְסֹ֑מוּ Mi 3:11; 2 fs. תִּקְסַמְנָה Ez 13:23; Imv. fs. קָסֳמִי 1 S 28:8 Qr (Kt קסומי); Inf. cstr. קְסֹם Mi 3:8 (Buhl קֶסֶם), קֶסָם־ Ez 21:26, 34 קְסָ֯ום־ Ez 21:28 (read קֶסֶם Co Buhl), especially Pt. קֹסֵם Dt 18:10; Is 3:2, etc.;— 1. of diviners of the nations, Balaam, Jos 13:22 (D), Philist. 1 S 6:2 (‖ כהנים), Bab. Is 44:25 (‖ חכמים) Ez 21:26 cf. שׁוא" dir="rtl" >ק׳ שׁוא Ez 21:28 (but read קֶסֶם), + Is 2:6 (ins. prob. קֹסְמִים, > קֶסֶם, or מִקְסָם; v. קֶדֶם 1 b); of Can. necromancers בָּאוֹב 1 S 28:8; ‖ מְעֹנְנִים Dt 18:14; of Ammonites ק׳ כָּזָב Ez 21:34 (+ ל pers.). 2. false proph. of Isr. ‖ חזה Mi 3:6 (? קֶסֶם; ‖ חזון), v 7; Is 3:2 (+ נביא; cf. v 3), ‖ נביאים Je 27:9; 29:8, בְּכֶסֶף Mi 3:11, ‖ חזה שׁקר Zc 10:2; ‖ חזה שׁוא: ק׳ קֶסֶם Ez 13:23 (but v. קֶסֶם), ק׳ כָּזָב Ez 13:9; 22:28, + 13:6 (read וְקָֽסְמוּ, or [Co Berthol] inf. abs. וְקָסֹם, Vrss. Toy). 3. ק׳ קְסָמִים prohibited Dt 18:10 2 K 17:17.

Related to: ἐκεῖνος, ἐκείνη, ἐκεῖνο, also κεῖνος (regular in Epic dialect, Ionic dialect (as Refs 5th c.BC+ only where the metre requires,Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.; but not in Attic dialect Prose, and in Comedy texts only in mock Trag. passages): Aeolic dialect κῆνος Refs 7th c.BC+: Doric dialect τῆνος Refs 3rd c.BC+: in Comedy texts, strengthened ἐκεινοσί Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐκεινοσίν Refs 2nd c.AD+: (ἐκεῖ):—demonstrative pronoun the person there, that person or thing, Refs 8th c.BC+: generally with reference to what has gone immediately before, Refs 5th c.BC+; but when οὗτος and ἐκεῖνος refer to two things before mentioned, ἐκεῖνος, properly belongs to the more remote, in time, place, or thought, οὗτος to the nearer, Refs 5th c.BC+ sometimes = the latter, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἆρ᾽ οὗτός ἐστ᾽ ἐκεῖνος ὅν..; Refs 5th c.BC+: also joined as if one pronoun, τοῦτ᾽ ἐκεῖνο..δέρκομαι Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ at that point of time, Refs 1st c.AD+; ἀλλ᾽ ἐκεῖνο, à propos, Refs 2nd c.AD+ __2 to denote wellknown persons, etc., κεῖνος μέγας θεός Refs 8th c.BC+ __2.b ἐκεῖνα the ideal world, Refs __3 for things, of which one cannot remember or must not mention the name, ={ὁ δεῖνα}, so-and-so, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.b in formulae, τεθνάτω καὶ οἱ παῖδες οἱ ἐξ ἐκείνου Refs __4 with simple demonstrative force, Ἶρος ἐκεῖνος ἧσται Irus sits there, Refs 8th c.BC+; νῆες ἐκεῖναι ἐπιπλέουσιν there are ships sailing up, Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 in indirect speech where properly the reflexive pronoun αὑτοῦ would stand, Refs 5th c.BC+ __6 after a Relat. in apodosi almost pleonastic, Refs 5th c.BC+ __7 in Aeolic dialect and Attic dialect the substantive with ἐκεῖνος properly has the Article (κῆνος ὤνηρ Refs 7th c.BC+ may precede or follow the substantive, ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ Refs 5th c.BC+; τὴν στρατείαν ἐ., τὸν ἄνδρ᾽ ἐ., Refs 8th c.BC+; but when this is the case in Prose, ἐκεῖνος follows the substantive, ἡμέρας ἐκείνης Refs 5th c.BC+ __II adverb ἐκείνως in that case, Refs; in that way, Refs 5th c.BC+: Ionic dialect κείνως Refs 5th c.BC+ __III dative feminine ἐκείνῃ as adverb, __III.1 of Place, at that place, in that neighbourhood, Refs 5th c.BC+; κείνῃ (i.e. ὁδῷ) Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 of Manner, in that manner, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV with Preps., ἐξ ἐκείνου from that time, Refs 5th c.BC+; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνα in that region, Refs 5th c.BC+afterwards, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare ἐπέκεινα.

† III. אוּלָם and (Jb 17:10, perhaps for sake of assonance with following כֻּלָּם) אֻלָּם adv. but, but indeed, a strong adversative Jb 2:5; 5:8; 13:3 (where 𝔊 excellently οὐ μὴν δὲ ἀλλά). More usually with וְ, וְאוּלָם Gn 28:19 (cf. Ju 18:29) 48:19 howbeit his younger brother shall be greater than he, Ex 9:16 but in very deed, Nu 14:21 (cf. 1 S 20:3; 25:34) 1 K 20:23 Mic 3:8 Jb 1:11; 11:5; 12:7; 13:4; 14:18; 17:10; 33:1.

בַּאֲשֶׁר19 a. in (that) which … Is 56:4; 65:12; 66:4 (supr. 1); Ec 3:9 in (that, in) which (4 c); Is 47:12 (v.2). b. adv. in (the place) where: supr. 4 b (γ). c. conj. in that, inasmuch as, †Gn 39:9; 23; Ec 7:2; 8:4; cf. ܒܕ d. †Jon 1:8 בַּאֲשֶׁר לְמִי on account of whom? (בַּאֲשֶׁר לְ on account of, framed on model of Aramaic בְּדִיל: v. sub שֶׁל).

† אָכֵן (perh. from אַךְ; cf. Aramaic דֵּךְ & דִּכֵּן) adv. with strong asseverative force: a. surely, truly, especially at beginning of a speech (stronger & more decided than אַךְ) Gn 28:16 Ex 2:14 1 S 15:32 Is 40:7; 45:15 Je 3:23(×2); 4:10; 8:8. In 1 K 11:2 אָכֵן stands unusually; and פֶּן־ (cf. 𝔊 𝔖 𝔗 should prob. be read (so Klo). b. emphasizing a contrast, but indeed, but in fact, especially after אָמַרְתִּי I said or thought, expressing the reality, in opp. to what had been wrongly imagined, Is 49:4b (opp. to v 4a) 53:4 (opp. to v 3 end) Je 3:20 (opp. to the expectation v 19b) Zp 3:7b ψ 31:23b (opp. to v 23a) 66:19 82:7 (opp. to v 6) Jb 32:8 (opp. to v 7).

ὦ and ὤ, an exclamation, expressing surprise, joy, or pain, O! oh! with nominative, ὢ τάλας ἐγώ Refs 5th c.BC+: also with genitive, ὢ τῆς ἀναισχυντίας Refs 2nd c.AD+; with interrogative, ὤ, τί λέγει; Refs; in the middle of a sentence, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II with vocative, a mode of address, whether at the beginning of a sentence or in a parenthesis, ὦ Ἀχιλεῦ Refs 8th c.BC+; in invocations of the gods, ὦ Ζεῦ τε καὶ Γῆ καὶ πολισσοῦχοι θεοί Refs 5th c.BC+; ὦ πρὸς θεῶν ὕπεικε Refs 4th c.BC+: sometimes following the Verb, Refs 5th c.BC+; in different number from the vocative, προσέλθετ᾽, ὦ παῖ, πατρί Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 with nominative instead of vocative, ὦ δῐος αἰθήρ, ὦ φίλος, Refs 5th c.BC+; also οὗτος, ὦ σέ τοι (i.e. καλῶ) Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.3 with both together, φίλος ὦ Μενέλαε Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.4 with the latter of two nouns, Ἀγάμεμνον, ὦ Μενέλαε Refs.—In the first sense usually written ὤ, in the second ὦ: [τὸ ὢ] ἡνίκα θαυμαστικὸν λαμβάνεται βαρύνεται, καὶ χωρεῐ εἰς ἐπιρρηματικὴν σύνταξιν, οἷον ὢ Ἡρακλῆς Refs (ὦ,) expresses surprise (but Refs 2nd c.AD+ seems to imply ὦ in both senses); ὤ as an exclamation is found in forms like{ὤ μοι}, ὤ μοι ἐγώ, ὢ πρὸς τῶν θεῶν Refs 4th c.BC+ is improbable,compare Refs 9th c.AD+; ᾤμοι and ὤμοι are both recognized by Refs 7th c.BC+; written ὼ ώ in Papyrus of Refs 5th c.BC+. To those who (like Refs 2nd c.BC+ for the vocative of the Article ὁ, Refs 2nd c.AD+ replies at length.

מֵאֲשֶׁר17 a. from (or than) that which (him, them, etc., that …) Gn 31:1; Ex 29:27(×2) Nu 6:11 (see Lv 4:26) Jos 10:11; Ju 16:30; Is 47:13 +; than that … †Ec 3:22; לְבַד מֵאֲשֶׁר †Est 4:11. b. adv. from (the place) where: supr. 4 b (γ). c. conj. from (the fact) that …, since †Is 43:4.

† בִּלְעֲדֵי (perhaps from בַּל and עַד, עֲדֵי unto; Syriac ܒܶܠܥܳܕ = ἄνευ, χωρίς; Nab. בלעד except, EutNab 3, 9)—sf. בִּלְעָדַי (3 times), בַּלְעָדַי (4 times), בִּלְעָדֶיךָ (once)—prop. not unto, hence apart from, except, without: a. Jb 34:32 בִּלְעֲדֵי אֶחֱזֶה except, apart from (what) I see myself, do thou instruct me. With sf. Gn 41:44 בִּלְעָדֶיךָ apart from thee, without thee, no one shall lift up the hand, Is 45:6 for there is none בִּלְעָדָ֑י except me. Also with sf., as a particle of deprecation, Gn 14:24 בִּלְעָדַי not to me! i.e. I claim nothing, (in our idiom) not at all! 41:16. b. with מִן, מִבַּלְעֲדֵי (so ܡܶܢ ܒܶܠܥܳܕ without). (α) apart from, especially with the collat. idea of without the knowledge and consent, Nu 5:20; 2 K 18:25 (= Is 36:10) am I now come up apart from, without י׳ against this place to destroy it? Je 44:19 (cf. בִלְעָדֶיךָ Gn 41:44). (β) apart from, besides, except, Jos 22:19; 2 S 22:32 a (= ψ 18:32a) for who is God except י׳? v 32 b; similarly Is 43:11 ו��אֵין מִבַּלְעָדַי מוֹשִׁיעַ, 44:6, 8; 45:21.

κἄν (not κᾄν), by crasis, __I for καὶ ἄν.., variant in Refs 8th c.BC+ is simply copulative, Refs 5th c.BC+; but frequently when καί is intensive, ὅ γε κ. μέγα δοίη even a great thing, Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes repeated after or before a Verb with ἄν, ἐπεὶ κ. σὺ.., εἴ τίς σε διδάξειεν.., βελτίων ἂν γένοιο Refs 5th c.BC+; frequently in the phrase κ. εἰ, where καί properly belongs to εἰ, even if, and ἄν to the Verb that follows in apodosi, νῦν δέ μοι δοκεῖ, κ. ἀσέβειαν εἰ καταγιγνώσκοι, τὰ προσήκοντα ποιεῖν (for καὶ εἰ καταγιγνώσκοι, ποιεῖν ἄν) Refs 4th c.BC+ __I.2 even when the Verb in apodosi was of a tense that could not be joined with ἄν, κ. εἰ πολλαὶ [αἱ ἀρεταί].. εἰσιν, ἕν γέ τι εἶδος ταὐτὸν ἅπασαι ἔχουσι Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.3 in later Gr. without εἰ, simply as a stronger form of καί, even, εἴσελθε κ. νῦν NT+5th c.BC+; κ. νῦν now at any rate, Refs 3rd c.AD+; κἂν ὧς even so, nevertheless, Refs 3rd c.AD+; οἷς οὐδὲ κ. ὄνος ὑπῆρξε πώποτε Refs 2nd c.AD+ __II for καὶ ἄν (ἐάν), even if, with the same moods as ἐάν, Refs 5th c.BC+, and so probably in Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 κἄν.., κἄν.., whether.., or.., κἂν μεγάλην πόλιν οἰκῶσι κἂν μικράν Refs 4th c.BC+

† [זוּלָה] n.[f.] proposes removal, only found in the st. c. as prep. and conj. except, only, save that—cstr. זוּלַת 2 K 24:14 and (with the obsolete case-ending ִי) זוּלָתִי Dt 1:36; 4:12 Jos 11:13 1 K 3:18; 12:20 ψ 18:32; with sf. זוּלָתִי Ho 13:4 Is 45:5, 21, זוּלָֽתְךָ, זוּלָתֶ֑ךָ 2 S 7:22 = 1 Ch 17:20 Is 26:13; 64:3 Ru 4:4, זוּלָתָהּ 1 S 21:10;— 1. prep. except, besides, lit. with removal of … (syn. מִבַּלְעֲדֵי ψ 18:32 Is 45:21; בִּלְתִּי Ho 13:4; and cf. Dt 1:36 with Nu 32:12), Dt 1:36 זולתי כלב with the exception of Caleb, 1 S 21:10 אֵין אַחֶרֶת זוּלָתָהּ there is none other except it, 1 K 12:20 2 K 24:14 Ru 4:4: often in such phrases as, There is no God (or, Who is God?) except me (or thee), 2 S 7:22 18:32 Ho 13:4 Is 45:5, 21; 64:3. Always after a neg. or qu., except Is 26:13 אדנים זולתך lords other than thou. Connected inexactly with what precedes, ז׳ acquires the force of only, Dt 4:12 ye saw no form זוּלָתִי קוֹל save a voice = (there was) only a voice, 1 K 3:18. 2. conj. Jos 11:13 except that he burnt Hazor alone.

ὅθεν, relative adverb whence, ὑπὸ πλατανίστῳ, ὅ. ῥέεν ἀγλαὸν ὕδωρ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐξ Ἐνετῶν, ὅ. ἡμιόνων γένοςRefs; also, from whom or which, ὅθεν περ Ὁμηρίδαι ἄρχονται, Διὸς ἐκ προοιμίου Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅθεν δή Refs 8th c.BC+ __b in Attic dialect Prose, ὅθεν δή from whatever source, in what manner soever, Refs 5th c.BC+; also ἄλλοθεν ὁθενοῦν from any other place whatsoever, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 for where or whither, by attraction, when the antecedent clause contains a notion of place whence, ἐκ δὲ γῆς, ὅ. προὔκειτ᾽ from the ground where it lay, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅ... ἀπέλιπες, ἀποκρίνου answer [from the point] where you left off, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅθεν, ={ἐκεῖσε ὅθεν}, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅθεν περ, ={ἐκεῖθεν ὅθεν περ}, Refs __II whence, for which reason, σφυρῶν.. κέντρα διαπείρας μέσον, ὅ. νιν Ἑλλὰς ὠνόμαζεν Οἰδίπουν Refs 5th c.BC+; for what reason, Refs 5th c.BC+

† הֵן conj. if, whether (BH הֵן, q.v.: Zenj. Egyptian Aramaic (S-CPap. A 7 +), Palm. Nab. הן, Mand. הין if [𝔗OJon use אם, 𝔗Jer אין, Syriac ܐܶܢ]);— 1. if, Dn 2:6; 3:15, 17; 4:24; 5:16 Ezr 4:13; 16; 5:17, הֵן לָא … Dn 2:5, 9; 3:15; v 18 הֵן לָ֔א if not. 2. repeated, הֵן … הֵן sive … sive, whether … or (cf. BH אִם, 1 b I), Ezr 7:26 (so Palm. Tariff ii. c. 19). 3. in indirect question, whether (cf. אִם, 2 b), Ezr 5:17b יִתְבַּקַּר … הֵן אִיתַי ….—Vid. also לָהֵן" dir="rtl" >לָהֵן.

† עֵ֫קֶב n.[m.] consequence, usually as adv.acc. as a consequence of, because (that), also reward, end (v. sub עָקַב; and cf. عَقِبٌ heel, fig. consequence, result);— 1. Is 5:23 מַצְדִּיקֵי רָשָׁע עֵקֶב שֹׁחַד (adv. acc.) in consequence of a bribe, ψ 40:16 (= 70:4) עַל עֵקֶב בָּשְׁתָּם (pleon.) according to the consequence of their shame, i.e. in consequence of the disgrace falling upon them. Hence as conj. עֵקֶב אֲשֶׁר as a consequence of (the fact) that, because, Gn 22:18 ע׳ אֲשֶׁר שָׁמַעְתָּ בְּקֹלִי, 26:5 2 S 12:6; so עֵקֶב כִּי 2 S 12:10; Am 4:12 ע׳ כִּי זאת אעשׂה לך; עֵקֶב alone, Nu 14:24, and (sq. impf.) Dt 7:12 ע׳ תשׁמעון in consequence of your hearkening, etc., 8:20. 2. consequence = gain, reward, ψ 19:12 בְּשָׁמְרָם עֵקֶב רָב, Pr 22:4 עֵקֶב עֲנָוָה (וְ)יִרְאַת י׳ עשֶׁר וגו׳. 3. end (of time), adv. acc., ψ 119:33 וְאֶצֳּרֶנָּה ע׳ to the end, v 112 לְעוֹלָם ע׳ (cf. Ecclus 16:3; 𝔗 עִקְבָּא (rare)).

ἀνά [ᾰνᾰ], Aeolic dialect, Thess., Refs 4th c.AD+ ὀν, preposition governing genitive, dative, and accusative By apocope ἀνά becomes ἄν before dentals, as ἂν τὸν ὀδελό; ἄγ before gutturals, as ἂγ γύαλ; ἄμ before labials, as ἂμ βωμοῖσι, ἂμ πέτραις, etc.; ἀμπεπλεγμέναςRefs 4th c.AD+ __A WITH GEN., three times in Refs 8th c.BC+ go on board ship, Refs; ἂν τοῦ τοίχου, τᾶς ὁδοῦ, τοῦ ῥοειδίου, Refs __B WITH DAT., on, upon, without any notion of motion, Epic dialect, Lyric poetry, and Trag. (only Lyric poetry), ἀνὰ σκήπτρῳ upon the sceptre, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀνὰ ὤμῳ upon the shoulder, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀν ἵπποις, i. e. in a chariot, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C WITH ACCURefs 5th c.BC+, the common usage, implying motion upwards: __C.I of Place, up, from bottom to top, up along, κίον᾽ ἀν᾽ ὑψηλὴν ἐρύσαιRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀνὰ μέλαθρον up to,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἂν ῥόον up-stream, Refs; κρῆς ἂν τὸν ὀδελὸν ἐμπεπαρμένονRefs 5th c.BC+; simply, along, ἂν τὼς ὄρωςRefs __C.I.2 up and down, throughout, ἀνὰ δῶμαRefs 8th c.BC+; ἀνὰ στρατόν, ἄστυ, ὅμιλον,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν τὴν Μηδικήν, ἀνὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, Refs 7th c.BC+; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινόν in the darkness, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.I.3 metaphorically, ἀνὰ θυμὸν φρονέειν, ἀνὰ στόμα ἔχειν, to have continually in the mind, in the mouth, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀν᾽ Αἰγυπτίους ἄνδρας among them, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀνὰ πρώτους εἶναι to be among the first, Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.II of Time, throughout, ἀνὰ νύκτα all night through, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀνὰ χρόνον in course of time, Refs; ἀνὰ μέσσαν ἀκτῖνα (i. e. in the south) Refs 5th c.BC+ __C.II.2 distributively, ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν day by day, Refs 5th c.BC+ in order of age, Refs __C.III distributively with Numerals, κρέα εἴκοσιν ἀν᾽ ἡμιωβολιαῖα 20 pieces of meat at half an obol each, Refs 5th c.BC+ for the obol, Refs 4th c.BC+; ἀνὰ πέντε παρασάγγας τῆς ἡμέρας [they marched] at the rate of Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔστησαν ἀνὰ ἑκατόν μάλιστα ὥσπερ χοροί they stood in bodies of about Refseach. Refs; κλισίας ἀνὰ πεντήκοντα companies at the rate of Refsin each, NT; ἔλαβον ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius apiece, NT; in doctor's prescriptions, ἀνὰ ὀβολὼ βRefs 2nd c.AD+amounting to Refs 4th c.BC+; multiplied by, Refs __C.IV Phrases: ἀνὰ κράτος up to the full strength, i. e. vigorously, ἀνὰ κράτος φεύγειν, ἀπομάχεσθαι, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀνὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον and ἀνὰ λόγον proportionately, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀνὰ μέσον in the midst, Refs 4th c.BC+by turns, Refs 4th c.BC+ __D WITH NOM. of Numerals, etc., distributively, NT+2nd c.AD+ __E WITHOUT CASE as adverb, thereupon, Refs 8th c.BC+ and other Poets:— and with the notion of spreading all over a space, throughout, all over, μέλανες δ᾽ ἀνὰ βότρυες ἦσαν all over there were clusters, Refs 8th c.BC+ —but ἀνά often looks like an adverb in Refs 8th c.BC+, where really it is only parted from its Verb by tmesis, ἀνὰ δ᾽ ἔσχετ; ἀνὰ δ᾽ ὦρτο (for ἀνῶρτο δέ); ἀνὰ τεύχε᾽ ἀείρας (for τεύχεα ἀναείρας), etc. __F IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), __F.1 as in C. 1, up to, upwards, up, opposed to κατά, as ἀνα-βαίνω, -βλέπω, ἀν-αιρέω, -ίστημι: poetry sometimes doubled, ἀν᾽ ὀρσοθύρην ἀναβαίνεινRefs 8th c.BC+ __F.2 hence flows the sense of increase or strengthening, as in ἀνακρίν; though it cannot always be translated, as in Homer's ἀνείρομαι:—in this case opposed to ὑπό. __F.3 from the notion throughout (E), comes that of repetition and improvement, as in ἀνα-βλαστάνω, -βιόω, -γεννάω. __F.4 the notion of back, backwards, in ἀναχωρέω, ἀνανεύω, etc., seems to come from such phrases as ἀνὰ ῥόον up, i. e. against, the stream. __G ἄνα, written with anastrophe as adverb, up! arise! ἀλλ᾽ ἄναRefs 8th c.BC+:—in this sense the ultima is never elided;Refs 8th c.BC+ __G.2 apocopation ἄν after ὤρνυτο, ὦρτο, and up stood.. arose, Refs 8th c.BC+ __G.3 when used as preposition ἀνά never suffers anastrophe.

אנב (perhaps spring, leap, so DlHA 65, Pr 114, inferred from Assyrian annabu, hare; ag. this NöZMG 1886, 734).

† בִּי part. of entreaty, craving permission to address a superior, always foll. by אֲדֹנִי (or אֲדֹנָי), and always (except Jos 7:8) at the beginning of a speech, I pray, excuse me—(not improb. from √ ביי; so that בִּי אֲדֹנִי will be literally a supplication of (i.e. to) my lord! cf. Wetzst l.c., who compares the Arabic دَخْلُ سَيِّدَى lit. a prayer to my lord! a standing formula = Pray, excuse me, used exactly as בִּי אֲדֹנִי. According to others contr. from בְּעִי, from בָּעָה to ask, and so lit. a petition! cf. Aramaic בְּבָעוּ, ܒܒܳܥܽܘ (e.g. Gn 19:18 𝔗, Nu 12:13 𝔖); but ע is not often elided in Heb.)—Gn 44:18 בִּי אֲדֹנִי יְדַבֶּר־נָא I pray, my lord, let thy servant speak, etc.; so Nu 12:11 Ju 6:13 1 S 1:26 1 K 3:17, 26, and foll. by a pl. subj. Gn 43:20 בִּי א׳ יָרֹד יָרַדְנוּ Oh, my lord, we came down, etc.; בִּי אֲדֹנָי (to God) Ex 4:10, 13 Jos 7:8 Ju 6:15; 13:8 (𝔊 in Pent. and Jos. δέομαι, δεόμεθα: in other books absurdly ἐν ἐμοί).

† אֲבָל adv. 1. in older Heb. with an asseverative force, verily, of a truth Gn 42:21 2 S 14:5 1 K 1:43 2 K 4:14, with a slight advers. force, nay, but Gn 17:19 (P). 2. in late Heb. as a decided adversative, howbeit, but Dn 10:7, 21 Ezr 10:13 2 Ch 1:4; 19:3; 33:17 (cf. Arabic بَلْ of a truth, sometimes, from the context, nay rather Qor 2:82, 94, 110, 129, 149, 165, 261; 3:143; 4:52 etc.)

ἐπεί, conjunction, both temporal and causal; also ἐπειδή, ἐπείτε. OF TIME (ἐπειδή is more frequently in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Refs 8th c.BC+ __I with Ind., __I.1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly with aorist, ἐπεί π᾽ εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Refs 8th c.BC+after Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely with imperfect, ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+pluperfect, ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., Refs 4th c.BC+; but generally the aorist is found, the pluperfect being used only for special emphasis: with imperfect to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, ={ἐξ οὗ}, from the time when, since, mostly with aorist, πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Refs 5th c.BC+present (used in perfect sense) and perfect, ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II with Subj., ἄν being always added in Attic dialect Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect ἐπεάν Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.1 referring to future time with future apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Refs 8th c.BC+; ταῦτ᾽, ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ᾽ ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., Refs 8th c.BC+; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2 of repeated action, with a present apodosis, whenever, when once, δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, Refsκε in Poets, ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ᾽ ἀμφικαλύψῃ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.3 like Refs 4th c.BC+ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, Refs __III with Opt. (without ἄν): __III.1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (i.e. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 more frequently of repeated action, with a past apodosis, ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.3 in indirect speech after past tenses, representing a subjunctive in direct speech, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) Refs 5th c.BC+; after optative in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο, ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.4 by assimilation to optative in principal clause, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.5 ἐπειδάν with optative is falsa lectio in some passages of early authors, as Refs 5th c.BC+: found in later Gr., Refs 1st c.BC+ __IV with Inf., only in indirect speech, ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (i.e. ἔφη) Refs 5th c.BC+ __V with other words: __V.1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, frequently separated by a word, ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.1.b ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Refs 8th c.BC+ __V.2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B CAUSAL (ἐπεί more frequently in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, Refsinasmuch as, NT.Luke.1.1), since, seeing that, frequently from Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses), ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently with past tenses with ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ᾽ ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ᾽ ἄν Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ᾽· ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἔχοντ᾽ (i.e. εἷλεν) Refs 5th c.BC+: especially in the sense, for otherwise.., Refs 5th c.BC+future, ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Refs for teach me, Refs 5th c.BC+: with an interrogative, ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσεια; for how would you call him? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 with Opt., ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Refs 8th c.BC+; so after past tenses on the principle of indirect speech, ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 with Inf. in indirect speech, ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ᾽ εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Refs 5th c.BC+; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον Refsand yet, although, compare Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4.b sometimes after a vocative, where 'listen' may be supplied, Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ᾽ αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐ. γε (ἐπεί.. γε Refs 8th c.BC+ since indeed, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπειδή γεRefs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. ἦ since in truth, ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπείπερ (ἐ... περ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπειδήπερ in Comedy texts and Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. τοι since surely, Refs 8th c.BC+ sometimes begins a verse in Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+

† כִּי עַל כֵּן forasmuch as, a peculiar phrase found Gn 18:5; 19:8; 33:10; 38:26 Nu 10:31; 14:43 Ju 6:22 2 S 18:20 Qr (rightly), Je 29:28; 38:4—lit. for therefore, emphasizing the ground pleonastically (Ew§ 353 a). The orig. force of the phrase is traceable in some of the passages in which it occurs, as Gn 18:5 let me fetch a morsel of bread, and comfort your heart; כִּי־עַל־כֵּן עֲבַרְתֶּם עַל עַבְדְּכֶם for therefore (sc. to partake of such hospitality) are ye come to your servant, Nu 14:43 the Amalekite and the Canaanite are there, and ye will fall by the sword, כִּי־עַל־כֵּן שַׁבְתֶּם for therefore (to encounter such a fate) have ye turned back from י׳, etc.: but in process of time the distinct sense of its component parts was no doubt gradually obscured, and it thus came to be used conventionally, as a mere particle of causation, even where there was no preceding statement to which עַל כֵּן therefore could be explicitly referred. אֲשֶׁר עַל כֵּן appears to be used similarly (cf. אֲשֶׁר 8 c) †Jb 34:27.

† [נוא] vb. hinder, restrain, frustrate (Arabic (نوأ) نَآءَ (or نَاءَ rise with difficulty, rise against one (Frey), iii. contend with, Lane 2861);— Qal Impf. 2 mpl. תנואון Nu 32:7 Kt, but read Hiph. (so Qr), cf. Di. Hiph. Pf. הֵנִיא Nu 30:6, etc.; Impf. יָנִיא v 9, יָנִי ψ 141:5, תְּנִיאוּן Nu 32:7 Qr;— 1. restrain, forbid (performance of vow), sq. acc. pers. Nu 30:6(×2), 9, 12; frustrate (device of people), subj. י׳, sq. acc. rei, ψ 33:10 (‖ הֵפִיר); refuse 141:5 (text dub. v. Che). 2. restrain, make averse the heart (acc.) Nu 32:7 (sq. מֵעֲבֹר), v 9 (sq. לְבִלְתִּי־בֹא).

ἐκτός (ἐχθός, Refs 5th c.BC+, adverb, (ἐκ) without, outside, opposed to ἐντός: __1 as preposition with genitive, which may either precede or follow, ἐ. κλισίης Refs 8th c.BC+; out of, far from, καπνοῦ καὶ κύματος ἐ. Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐ. ἔχειν πόδα (i.e. τῶν καλῶν) Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. τῶν ἐλαῶν beyond the olives, i. e. out of the course. Refs 5th c.BC+; Geometry texts, beyond, τοῦ Α σημείου Refs 3rd c.BC+; also ἐ. ἀτασθαλίης outside of, free from.., Refs 6th c.BC+; ἐ. στρατειῶν exempt from.., Refs; ἐ. ἑωυτῆς beside herself, out of her wits, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. ἐλπίδος beyond hope, Refs; δοκημάτων ἐ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 of Time, beyond, πέντε ἡμερέων Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 except, Refs 5th c.BC+; besides, apart from, Refs 5th c.BC+, etc.: absolutely, besides, as well, Refs; also ἐ. εἰ μή unless, NT+1st c.AD+ __4 without the consent of, τινός Refs __II absolutely, ἃ δ᾽ ἐ. external things, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ἐ. strangers, foreigners, Refs 5th c.BC+; also, the vulgar, the common herd: the Gentiles, Refs __III with Verbs of motion, ῥίπτειν ἐ. to throw out, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐκ ἐ. ε; ={ἔξιθι}, Refs 5th c.BC+; χώρει ἐ. Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ δ᾽ ἐ. ἔλθοις if thou transgressest, Refs 5th c.BC+

Included with: μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ. __A __A.I μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the Epic dialect and Ionic dialect form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where Attic dialect used ἦ μήν), καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Refs 8th c.BC+: also in Trag., ἀκτὴ μὲν ἥδε τῆς περιρρύτου χθονός Refs 8th c.BC+; γε μέν, compare γε Refs __A.I.2 an answering clause with δέ is sometimes implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ᾽ ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [but all others easily], Refs 8th c.BC+; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [but as I believe not], Refs 5th c.BC+; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), Refs 5th c.BC+; so νῦν μέν σ᾽ ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Refs 3rd c.BC+: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied, ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Refs 8th c.BC+; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Refs 5th c.BC+: hence with the person pronoun, ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (i.e. θέλω) Refs 5th c.BC+: with the demonstrative pronoun, τούτου μὲν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐγὼ σοφώτερός εἰμι Refs 5th c.BC+ great indeed has been the change, Refs 4th c.BC+ __A.I.3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεο; Refs 5th c.BC+; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζε; Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II μέν followed by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less frequently in later Gr. (rare in NT __A.II.1 μέν.., δέ.. (or when the correlative clause is negative, μέν.., οὐδέ.., Refs 8th c.BC+, to mark opposition, Refs 8th c.BC+—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are frequently separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Refs 8th c.BC+; in Refs 5th c.BC+ in <Refs __A.II.2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Refs 8th c.BC+; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ.., at one time.., at another.., Refs ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ..; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., etc. __A.II.3 the principal word is frequently repeated, οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ᾽ ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.4 one of the correlative clauses is sometimes independent, while the other takes the participle or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ᾽ ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ b. __A.II.5 μέν and δέ frequently oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, Refs 5th c.BC+: so in an anacoluthon, Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but frequently by other equivalent Particles, as ἀλλά, Refs 8th c.BC+ in Epic dialect, Refs 8th c.BC+; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο.. Refs 5th c.BC+; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι.. Refs 5th c.BC+ —rarely by μήν with negative, οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Refs 5th c.BC+ __A.II.6.b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sometimes strengthened, as ὅμως δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+; δ᾽ αὖ.. Refs 8th c.BC+; δ᾽ ἔμπης.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __A.II.6.c μέν is sometimes answered by a copulative Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντοRefs 8th c.BC+, etc.: rarely in Prose, τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Refs 5th c.BC+ __B μέν before other Particles: __B.I where each Particle retains its force, __B.I.1 μὲν ἄρα, in Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.2 μὲν γάρ Refs 8th c.BC+ there is frequently no second clause, Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.I.3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail, Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.4 μὲν δή Refs 8th c.BC+: frequently used to express positive certainty, ἀλλ᾽ οἶσθα μὲν δή Refs 5th c.BC+; especially as a conclusion, τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Refs 5th c.BC+: in closing a statement, τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ οὔ τι μὲν δή.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.I.5 μὲν οὖν, see below 11.2. __B.II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense, __B.II.1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.), τοῦτο μέν γ᾽ ἤδη σαφές Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.2 μὲν οὖν is frequently used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Refs 8th c.BC+: but frequently also absolutely, so then, Refs 5th c.BC+; especially in replies, sometimes in strong affirmation, παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Refs 5th c.BC+; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμω; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Refs 5th c.BC+; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν.. nay on mine, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare οὐμενοῦν: in “NT” μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε", to begin a sentence, yea rather, NT+5th c.BC+ __B.II.3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε.., Refs 8th c.BC+; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ,Refs 8th c.BC+; perhaps by ἠδέ, Refs 8th c.BC+ absolutely, when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.II.4 μέν τοι in Refs 8th c.BC+ always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dative of the pronoun: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used: __B.II.4.a with a conjunctive force, yet, nevertheless, Refs 5th c.BC+; and sometimes stands for δέ, answering to μέν, see above Refs 4th c.BC+ __B.II.4.b as an adverb, in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ ΔίαRefs 4th c.BC+; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι..; Answ. φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Refs 5th c.BC+; why, are you not.. ? Refs; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦ; nay what was the first? Refs 5th c.BC+; σὺ μέντοι.. Refs 2nd c.AD+ only take heed.., Refs 5th c.BC+ nay it would be absurd, Refs 5th c.BC+; summing up a long temporal clause, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4.c μέντοι γε Refs 5th c.BC+ stands first in the sentence, μ. οὐ θέλω Refs 1st c.AD+; also γε μέντοι Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4.d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Refs 5th c.BC+; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι.. and of course to take care.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.II.4.e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, Refs 5th c.BC+; well, of course, Refs 5th c.BC+; compare μέντον. __C for μέν after other Particles, see each Particle. __D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usually stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, as ἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ᾽ ἐλεύθερον λόγον Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+, even when these do not stand first: sometimes however it precedes them, ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Refs 5th c.BC+. It generally stands between the Article and Noun, or the preposition and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sometimes neglected, as οἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν.. Refs 5th c.BC+. __D.II μέν is frequently repeated: __D.II.1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.II.2 in apodosi with the demonstrative pronoun or adverb, τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶναRefs 5th c.BC+; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ.. Refs 5th c.BC+ __D.II.3 μέν used absolutely is frequently followed by a correlative μέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Refs __D.III μέν is sometimes omitted (especially in Poetry) where it is implied in the following δέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ᾽ ὄπισθε διώκων Refs 8th c.BC+

† II. לָהֵן conj. except, but (from לָא and הֵן ‘not if’ (cf. Heb. אם לא Gn 24:38); so Nab. and Egyptian Aramaic להן Cooke217, 219, 241 S-CPap. C 6, 7 +; lâinnî, however SocinArabic Dial. v. Marokko 44, Anm. 103; 𝔗 אִילָּהֵין Gn 32:28; 43:3 al.);— 1. after a neg. (= BH כִּי אִם, q.v.): a. except Dn 2:11; 3:28; 6:6, 8, 13. b. but (Germ. sondern) Dn 2:30. 2. without a neg.: however, but Ezr 5:12.

† קְצָת n.f. end (LagBN 10 Ges§ 95 n);—cstr. ק׳ Ne 7:69 (Gi Baer, v 70 van d. H.) +; sf. קְצָתָם Dn 1:5; pl. abs. קְצָוֹת Ex 38:5 ψ 65:9 (+ perhaps קצוותו Ex 37:8; 39:4 Kt. v. קָצָה; Köii. 1, 61 der. these pl. forms from [קָ֫צוּ]);— 1. end, of corners of grating Ex 38:5 (‖ קְצוֹתָיו 27:4), cf. Ex 37:8; 39:4 supr. (all P); ends of earth ψ 65:9. 2. מִקְצָת (some) from the end of, some of (מִן 3 b) Ne 7:69 (so NH), Dn 1:2. 3. מִק׳ at the end of a certain time Dn 1:5, 15, 18.

εἴπερ or εἴ περ, strengthened for εἰ, if really, if indeed, Refs 8th c.BC+; especially even if, even though, Refs 8th c.BC+; with words between, εἴ. γάρ τε χόλον γε.. Refs 8th c.BC+ __II in Attic dialect and Trag. to imply that the supposition agrees with the fact, if as is the fact, since, Refs 5th c.BC+; but with imperfect it implies that it is contrary to the fact, εἴπερ ἦν πέλας if I had been (but I was not), Refs 5th c.BC+; also εἴ. ἐκτελεῖς ἅπερ λέγεις if only you will keep your word, Refs __III with an ellipse, if you must, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ εἴ. but if so, Refs 5th c.BC+

καθότι, Ionic dialect κατ-, for καθ᾽ ὅ τι (which should perhaps be written) in what manner, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. γέγραπται as is written, Refs 3rd c.BC+, etc.; so far as, inasmuch as, Refs 2nd c.BC+

† III. [אֵת] n.[m.] a cutting instrument of iron, usually transl. ploughshare—sg. sf. אֵתוֹ 1 S 13:20; pl. אֵתִים 1 S 13:21, אִתִּים Is 2:4 = Mi 4:3; sf. אִתֵּיכֶם Jo 4:10; according to Klo al. also 2 K 6:5 אֶת־הַבַּרְזֶל, i.e. the axe of iron.

καίπερ, in Refs 8th c.BC+ always with a word between (except καί περ πολλὰ παθόντα Refs 8th c.BC+; but one word in Refs 5th c.BC+ __I even, καὶ αὐτοί περ πονεώμεθα Refs 8th c.BC+ __II although, albeit, usually with participle, καὶ αὐτῇ περ νοεούσῃ Refs 8th c.BC+: so in later Poets, κ. ἀχνύμενος Refs 5th c.BC+participle must frequently be supplied, καὶ θεός περ [ὤν] Refs 4th c.BC+; γιγνώσκω σαφῶς, κ. σκοτεινὸς [ὤν], τήν γε σὴν αὐδὴν ὅμως Refs 5th c.BC+; also εἰ μέμονάς γε, καὶ ὀψέ περ [ἐρυόμενος],.. ἐρύεσθαι Refs 8th c.BC+; λέγεις ἀληθῆ, κ. ἐκ μακροῦ Χρόνου [λέγων] Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀλλ᾽ ἔστιν ὧν δεῖ, κ. οὐ πολλῶν ἄπο, ={καίπερ οὐ πολλῶν ὄντων}, Refs 5th c.BC+; κ. (to be read καίτοι) ἐκεῖνό γε ᾤμην τι εἶναι Refs 5th c.BC+

Included with: ὅστις, ἥτις, ὅ τι (sometimes written ὅ, τι to distinct it from ὅτι, that): Refs 8th c.BC+ has also the masculine collateral form ὅτις Refs 8th c.BC+ and Ionic dialect and Refs 4th c.AD+ and the neuter ὅττι Refs 8th c.BC+—In some forms only the second part is inflected, i.e. genitive ὅτου Refs 5th c.BC+, Epic dialect ὅττεο Refs 8th c.BC+[same place], contraction ὅττευ Refs 8th c.BC+; perhaps also in Ionic dialect, Refs 5th c.BC+; Epic dialect ὅτεῳ Refs 8th c.BC+, and as disyllable, Refs 8th c.BC+; Epic dialect accusative ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+; Delph. dative ὅτινι Refs 3rd c.BC+; neuter ὅτινα Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect ὅτων Refs 8th c.BC+, Attic dialect ὅτοισι Refs 8th c.BC+, Aeolic dialect ὄττινας Refs 7th c.BC+: of the forms with double inflexion Refs 8th c.BC+; ᾧτινι first in Refs 8th c.BC+; ᾡτινιοῦν occurs in Refs 5th c.BC+ rarely as feminine, Refs 5th c.BC+—For the Ionic dialect and Epic dialect form ἅσσα, Attic dialect ἅττα, see at {ἅσσα}.—On the concord and constructionRefs 5th c.BC+, 111.2a,b:—Radic. sense, any one who, anything which, whosoever, whichsoever; ὣς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος, ὅτις τοιαῦτά γε ῥέζοι Refs 8th c.BC+: frequently without express antecedent, χαίρει δέ μιν ὅς τις ἐθείρῃ Refs 8th c.BC+: hence frequently in maxims or sentiments, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. πάντ᾽ ἀνὴρ εὐδαιμονεῖ Refs 5th c.BC+; οὗτος βέλτιστος ἂν εἴη, ὅ... Refs 5th c.BC+; ἔστιν ὅ., frequently with a negative, οὐ γὰρ ἔην ὅς τίς σφιν.. ἡγήσαιτο Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰσὶν οἵτινες Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδὲν ὅ τι οὐ.. everything, Refs 5th c.BC+, but only in singular, ἅπας δὲ τραχὺς ὅ. ἂν νέον κρατῇ Refs 5th c.BC+; but πᾶσιν.. ὅστις ἐρωτᾷ Refs __II referring to a definite object, properly only when a general notion is implied, Πολυκράτεα.., δι᾽ ὅντινα κακῶς ἤκουσε, not the man through whom, but one through whom.., Refs 5th c.BC+; τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι νῦν, ὅστις πέφασμαι φύς τ᾽ ἀφ᾽ ὧν οὐ χρῆν may I see thee now for the last time, I who am one born from sinful parentage, Refs 5th c.BC+; but in quite definite sense, βωμόν, ὅστις νῦν ἔξω τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 ἐφ᾽ ὅτῳ, ={ἐφ᾽ ᾧτε}, Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III in indirect questions, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἔσπετε νῦν μοι, Μοῦσαι, ὅς τις δὴ κτλ. who it was that..,Refs 8th c.BC+; ἀλλὰ τίς γὰρ ε;—ὅστις; πολίτης χρηστός Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.2 rare and late in direct questions, ὅ τι ἐστὶ τὸ ἐμποδίζον ; Refs 2nd c.AD+; ἀνθ᾽ ὅτου.. ; = why? Refs 4th c.AD+-C.; compare ὅπως. __IV limited or made more indefinite by the addition of Particles: __IV.1 ὅστις γε being one who (compare ὅσγε), Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.2 ὅστις δή (see. δή IV. Refsto some one or other of the gods, Refs 5th c.BC+; so __IV.2.b ὁστισοῦν, ὁτιοῦν anybody (anything) whatsoever, Refs 5th c.BC+; εἷς ὁστισοῦν any one person, Refs 5th c.BC+; οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν not the least mite, nothing whatsoever, Refs 6th c.BC+: rarely, = whoever (whatever), as subject of a verb, ὁτιοῦν ἔτυχε τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους (variant{ὅτι ἄν}) Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.2.c ὁστισδηποτοῦν Refs 4th c.BC+ __IV.2.d so also ὅστις alone, Refs 5th c.BC+ none at all, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.3 ὅστις ποτε whoever, Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.4 ὅστις περ (compare ὅσπερ), mostly in neuter, ὅ τι πέρ ἐστ᾽ ὄφελος Refs 5th c.BC+ __IV.5 ὅστις τε, where τε is otiose as in ὅστε, Refs 8th c.BC+ __V neuter ὅ τι used absolutely as a conjunction, see at {ὅ τι}. __VI ἐξ ὅτου from which time, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀπ᾽ ὅτευ since.., Refs 5th c.BC+; so ἕως ὅτου until.., NT __VI.2 from what cause, Refs 5th c.BC+

† אֲלוּ interj. lo! (der. uncertain: usually regarded as by-form of אֲרוּ, q.v.; cf.Egyptian Aramaic הלו, Cooke No. 73, RÉS 492 B = S-C M b);—וַאֲלוּ Dn 2:31 חָזֵי הֲוַיְתָ וַאֲלוּ, 4:7, 10; 7:8, always in description of a vision.

† אֲרוּ interj. lo (of uncertain der.: only Biblical Aramaic (? Nab., v. CIS ii. 186); אֲלוּ, p. 1080, and NH הֲרֵי see! here ! Ab 3:4 al., are perhaps allied), וַאֲרוּ Dn 7:2 הָזֵי הֲרֵית … וַאֲרוּ, v 5, 6, 7, 13, always in description of a vision (cf.אֲלוּ).

† בְּרַם adv. with advers. force, only, nevertheless (der. uncertain: Nö M 202 = מָא + בָּר, lit. except what: 𝔗 בְּרַם often for אַךְ, אוּלָם; Syriac ܒܪܰܡ Ex 9:16; 21:21, and in NT for πλήν; Chr-Pal. ܒܪܢ, ܒܪܝܢ );—Dn 2:28; 4:12 hew down the tree, etc., בְּרַם … שְׁבֻקוּ only leave the stump, etc., v 20; 5:17; Ezr 5:13.

Included with: ὀφείλ-ω, imperfect ὤφειλον; Epic dialect ὀφέλλω (also Aeolic dialect, Refs 4th c.BC+imperfect ὤφελλον or ὄφελλον, see infr. II. Refs 8th c.BC+: future ὀφειλήσω Refs 5th c.BC+: aorist 1 ὠφείλησα Refs 5th c.BC+ (ἐπ-): perfect ὠφείληκα: pluperfect -ήκεινRefs 4th c.BC+aorist 2 ὤφελον (see. below Refs:—passive, aorist participle ὀφειληθείς Refs 5th c.BC+. (Cretan dialect ὀφήλω Refs, written ὀπέλο Refs 4th c.AD+ ὀφέλλω (see. above) and ὀφήλω Refs 4th c.BC+: in early Attic dialect Inscrr. written both ὀφελ -IG 12.91.8Refs:—owe, have to pay or account for, τὸ καὶ μοιχάγρι᾽ ὀφέλλει Refs 8th c.BC+; ὅτι μοι.. ζωάγρι᾽ ὀφέλλειςRefs 8th c.BC+; τί ὀφείλω; what do I owe? Refs 5th c.BC+; ὀ. ἀργύριον, χρέα, Refs 5th c.BC+ to be debtor to another, Refs 5th c.BC+: absolutely, to be in debt, Refs 5th c.BC+; οἱ ὀφείλοντες debtors, Refs 4th c.BC+:—passive, to be due, ἔνθα χρεῖός μοι ὀφέλλεται (variant{ὀφείλεται}) Refs 8th c.BC+; τὸ ὀφειλόμενον a debt,Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 metaphorically, ὀ. μέλος τινί Refs 5th c.BC+; ὀ. χάριν, see at {χάρις} Refs 5th c.BC+:—passive, ὀφείλεταί τινι ἐκ θεῶν κλέος Refs 5th c.BC+; τοὐφειλόμενον πράσσουσα Δίκη what is due, Refs 4th c.BC+ __3 as a legal term, to be bound to render, εὐθύνας ὤφειλον Refs 5th c.BC+, incur a penalty, ζημίαν Refs 5th c.BC+ __4 in passive, of persons, to be due or liable to, θανάτῳ πάντες ὀφειλόμεθα LXX+4th c.BC+our help is due, Refs 1st c.BC+ __II with infinitive, to be bound, to be obliged to do, ὀφέλλετε ταῦτα πένεσθαι ye are bound, ye ought to.., Refs 8th c.BC+; and of things, ought to be, ὁ λόγος οὐκ ἀκριβῶς ὀ. λέγεσθαι Refs 4th c.BC+:—passive, δράσαντι γάρ τοι καὶ παθεῖν ὀφείλεται Refs 4th c.BC+; σοὶ τοῦτ᾽ ὀφείλεται παθεῖν it is thy destiny to.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 in this signification Epic dialect imperfect ὤφελλον or ὄφελλον and aorist ὤφελον or ὄφελον are used of that which one has not, but ought to have, done (ought being the pret. of owe), ὤφελεν ἀθανάτοισιν εὔχεσθαι Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.3 these tenses are also used, followed by present or aorist infinitive, in wishes that something were or had been in present or past, ἀνδρὸς.. ὤφελλον ἀμείνονος εἶναι ἄκοιτις I ought to be.., would that I were.. ! Refs 8th c.BC+; τὴν ὄφελ᾽ ἐν νήεσσι κατακτάμεν Ἄρτεμις would that Artemis had slain her !, Refs 8th c.BC+ O that thou hadst!, Refs 8th c.BC+ O that I had.. !,Refs 8th c.BC+; ὡς ὄφελεν.. Refs 8th c.BC+.. would thou hadst never.. !, Refs 8th c.BC+; ὤφελες.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὤφελε.. Refs 5th c.BC+; εἴθ᾽ ὤφελ᾽.. Refs 5th c.BC+; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡς ὤφελες.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὡς μήποτ᾽ ὤφελον.. Refs 5th c.BC+; ὄφελε.. Refs 5th c.BC+; μήποτ᾽ ὄφελον.. Refs 5th c.BC+ is used in late Epic dialect, ὡς μὴ ὤφειλες ἱκέσθαι Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.3.b with indicative, ὤφελε μηδ᾽ ἐγένοντο θοαὶ νέες Refs 3rd c.BC+ __II.3.c ὄφελον (adverb accusative to Refs 2nd c.AD+ in this signification: with accusative et infinitive, ὤμοι ἐγών, ὄφελόν με.. ὀλέσθαι NT+1st c.AD+; ὤφελον (sic) εἰ ἐδυνάμεθα πέτασθαι Refs 2nd c.AD+infinitive, ὄφελομ μὲν ἡ θεὸς.. στερῆσαι.. Refs 2nd c.BC+ __III impersonal ὀφείλει, it behoves, with accusative et infinitive, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὄφελλέ με μήτε.. εἰσοράαν κτλ. Refs 3rd c.BC+participle, absolutely, αἱ ὀφείλουσαι ἱερουργίαι τῶν θεῶν the due services of the gods, Refs 2nd c.AD+; κατὰ τὸν ὀφείλοντα καιρόν Refs 2nd c.AD+. (ὦφλον, ὤφληκα, aorist and perfect of ὀφλισκάνω, were probably originally aorist and perfect of ὀφείλω: ὄφελον in signf. II. Refs may be originally neuter participle of ὤφελε (signification Refs

Ω, ὦ, τό, twenty-fourth and last letter of the Ionic alphabet, ἀπὸ ἄλφα ἕως.ω. Refs 9th c.AD+; thence used as a symbol of the end, the last, ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ ἄλφα καὶ τὸ ὦ (not τὸ ὦ μέγα) NT:—as a numeral ώ = 800, but ωνυμ = 800, 000. The epichoric _Attic dialect_ and other alphabets of the Inscrr. had used o in differently to represent the sounds of the later ο and ω: Ω is a differentiated form of ο, and, though usually = ω, was used in the Ionic islands of Paros, Thasos, and Siphnos with the value ο, while O or O represented the sound ω. The name of the letter was τὸ ὦ (perispomenon accusative to Refs 5th c.BC+: after the loss of the distinction between long and short vowels, ο and ω had the same pronunciation; they begin to be confused in Papyri of Refs 3rd c.BC+(οἰκωνόμου Refs 3rd c.BC+, but the name ω μέγα appears first in later Greek, Refs 9th c.AD+; ἐν τῷ ω ¯ μεγάλῳ under omega (in a lexicon), Refs 2nd c.AD+

† אַף conj. also (BH אַף; Egyptian Aramaic, Palm. אף (S-CPap. Lzb 224); 𝔗 אַף, 𝔗J also אוֹף; Syriac ܐܳܦ );—also, always וְאַף Dn 6:23; Ezr 5:10, 14; 6:5.

† חֶפְצִי־בָהּ n.pr.f. (my delight is in her; cf. Ph. חפצבעל)— 1. mother of king Manasseh 2 K 21:1. 2. fig. name of Zion Is 62:4, here expl. by כִּי חפץ יהוה בָּךְ for Yahweh delighteth in thee.

ὅμως, conjunction (from ὁμῶς, with changed accent), all the same, nevertheless, used to limit whole clauses, once in Refs 8th c.BC+ (unless it is read in Refs 8th c.BC+; κοὐκ ἐπίδηλος ὅ. and yet not so as to be observed, Refs 6th c.BC+ but still, but for all that, Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅ. μήν (Doric dialect μάν) Refs 5th c.BC+ __II frequently in apodosi after καὶ εἰ (κεἰ) or καὶ ἐάν (κἄν), κεἰ τὸ μηδὲν ἐξερῶ, φράσω δ᾽ ὅ. Refs 5th c.BC+; λέξον.., κεἰ στένεις ὅ., i.e. κεἰ στένεις, ὅ. λέξον, Refs 5th c.BC+: sometimes it even stands in the protasis, ἐρημία με, κεἰ δίκαι᾽ ὅ. λέγω, σμικρὸν τίθησι Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 the protasis is frequently replaced by a participle, ὕστεροι ἀπικόμενοι ἱμείροντο ὅ. Refs 5th c.BC+; κλῦθί μου νοσῶν ὅ. (i. e. εἰ νοσεῖς ὅ. κλῦθι) Refs 6th c.BC+ __II.3 where the protasis does not contain a verb, ἀπάλαμόν περ ὅ. (variant{ὁμῶς}) ἐπὶ ἔργον ἐγείρει Refs 8th c.BC+ __III used to break off a speech, however.., Refs 4th c.BC+; to refer to something previously said or to the general situation, after all, in spite of all, Refs 5th c.BC+

παρεκτός, adverb besides or except for a thing, with genitive, NT __II absolutely, χωρὶς τῶν π. besides things external, NT

τοίνυν, (τοι, νυν) therefore, accordingly, an inferential Particle (never in Refs 8th c.BC+; εἰ τ... Refs 5th c.BC+; ἂν τ... Refs 4th c.BC+; introducing a logical conclusion (less frequently than οὖν), Refs 5th c.BC+; φανερὸν τ., δῆλον τ., Refs 4th c.BC+; also to introduce a minor premiss, or a particular instance of a general proposition, Refs 5th c.BC+ __2 in dialogue, to introduce an answer, well or well then, ἄπειμι τ. Refs 5th c.BC+; especially an answer which has been led up to by the same speaker, Refs 5th c.BC+; in response to an invitation to speak, Refs 5th c.BC+; in expression of approval, especially in phrase καλῶς τ. Refs 5th c.BC+; also of disapproval or criticism, ἀπόλοιο τ. Refs 5th c.BC+ __3 continuing an argument, well then, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.b resuming the thread of argument or narrative after a break, Refs 5th c.BC+ __3.c adding or passing to a fresh item or point, further, moreover, again, Refs 5th c.BC+; μὴ τ. μηδέ.. nay, not even.., Refs 5th c.BC+nor again, Refs 5th c.BC+ __4 sometimes at the beginning of a speech, ἐγὼ μὲν τ..., referring to something present to the minds of the speaker and hearer, now I.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __5 with subjunctive of exhortation or imperative, in significations NT __B Position: in early writers τοίνυν is never the first word in a sentence, but this is not uncommon in later authors, as LXX+NT+2nd c.AD+ F.-R. codex (<τῷ> add. Kaibel); it is usually placed second, but sometimes later, ἥξω φέρουσα συμβολὰς τ. ἅμα Refs 5th c.BC+ [ῠ regularly, as Refs 5th c.BC+: but sometimes ῡ, as Refs 5th c.BC+

† I. לָהֵן conj. therefore (BH לָהֵן †Ru 1:13(×2), Aramaic of Têma להן CIS ii. 113 = Cooke 195), Dn 2:6, 9; 4:24 (LambertRÉJ. 1904. 273 denies I. לָהֵן, taking Biblical Aramaic always as = רַק).

שֶׁ· also (†Gn 6:3 [? v. 4 a], Ju 5:7(×2) Ct 1:7 Jb 19:29 [?]) שַׁ·, שָׁ in שָׁאַתָּה †Ju 6:17, and שְׁ in שְׁהוּא †Ec 2:22, שְׁהֵם †3:18 (elsewhere before gutt. שֶׁ, as שֶׁאֲנִי †Ct 1:6; Ec 2:18, שֶׁאֵין †ψ 146:3, שֶׁהֵם †Ct 6:5; La 4:9, שֶׁעַל †Ju 7:12; 8:26, שֶׁרֹּאשִׁי †Ct 5:2) rel.part. who, which, that, etc. (constantly in NH; Aramaic of Nerab, Ldzb371, 445; Assyrian šâ; Ph. אש (regularly), also sometimes ש (Ldzb227 f.): according to Ges Ew§ 181 b Ol p. 439 Sta§ 176 e, abbrev. from אֲשֶׁר; more prob. (Sperling [v. אֲשֶׁר], Köii. 323 f.) an original demonstr. part.), syn. with אֲשֶׁר, but in usage limited to late Heb., and passages with N. Palest. colouring, viz. †Ju 5:7(×2) [אֲשֶׁר v 27], 6:17; 7:12; 8:26; 2 K 6:11 (v. 4 c), Jon 1:7, 12; 4:10 [אֲשֶׁר 11 times], ψ 122:3, 4; 123:2; 124:1, 2, 6; 129:6, 7; 133:2, 3; 135:2, 8, 10; 136:23; 137:8, 9; 144:15; 146:3, 5; La 2:15, 16; 4:9; 5:18 Ezr 8:20; 1 Ch 5:20; 27:27, Ct (uniformly, except in title 1:1), Ec (68 times; אֲשֶׁר 89 times); also (dub.) Gn 6:3; 49:10 (שֶׁלֹּה 𝔊 𝔖 𝔗), Jb 19:29; and in the n.pr. (q.v.) מִישָׁאֵל and מְתוּשָׁאֵל.—In usage, שֶׁ· is in the main parallel with אֲשֶׁר, viz. 1. as pron. who, which, whom, Ju 7:12 כַּחוֹל שֶׁעַל שְׂפַת הַיָּם (cf. חוֹל c), ψ 122:3; 124:6 etc.; him whom, that which, etc., Ct 1:7; 3:1; 1 Ch 27:27; Ec 1:11; 6:3 וְרַב שֶׁיִּהְיוּ יְמֵי חַיָּיו and much (vb.) is that which his days amount to (Hi De al.), v 10; הוּא שֶׁ· that which 1:9(×2); in the genit., אַשְׁרֵי שֶׁ· †ψ 137:8, 9; 146:5.—On מַה־שֶּׁ· in Ec = whatever, what, v. מָה" dir="rtl" >מָה 1 e b. 2. as a connecting link; = where (cf. אֲשֶׁר p. 81, and 4 b β), מְקוֹם שֶׁ· †Ec 1:7; 11:3 (cf. מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁר Gn 39:20 +: Ges§ 130 c), whither ψ 122:4 (שֶׁשָּׁם …), when Ct 8:8; Ec 12:3 בַּיּוֹם שֶׁם (cf. ib. 4 b a). 3. as a conj. (cf. אֲשֶׁר 8);— a. that, after רָאָה Ec 2:13; 3:18, יָדַע 1:17; 2:14; 9:5 Jb 19:19 (? v. p. 192b), דִּבֶּר Ec 2:15, אָמַר 8:14, עָשָׂה אוֹת Ju 6:17; as subj. of sentence, Ec 3:13; 5:15; also in the phrases, (a) what is … that? Ct 5:9 (usually כִּי; v. מָה 1 d b), מֶה הָיָה שֶׁ· how comes it that …? Ec 7:10; (b) Ct 3:4 כִּמְעַט שֶׁעָבַרְתִּי מֵהֶם hardly (was it) that (Germ. kaum dass) I had passed, etc., Ec 7:14 עַל דִּבְרַת שֶׁלֹא יִמְצָא to the intent that …, 5:15 כָּל־עֻמַּת שֶׁבָּא exactly as …, 12:9 יֹתֵר שֶׁ besides that, עַד שֶׁ· (עד שַׁ· †Ju 5:7) until that ψ 123:2; Ct 2:7, 17 + (v. III. עַד II 1 a a and b; cf. NH Yoma 5:1), while 1:12 (ib. 2 d); עָשָׂה שֶׁ· to make or cause that …, †Ec 3:14 (cf. Ez 36:27). b. involving a reason (cf. אֲשֶׁר 8 c), because, since, Ct 1:6(×2); 5:2; Ec 2:18b. Hence שַׁלָּמָה †Ct 1:7 since why? = lest (v. מָה 4 d b). 4. compounds: a. בְּשֶׁ·, i.q. בַּאֲשֶׁר c (p. 84a) in that, seeing that, Ec 2:16; also (according to MT 𝔊 𝔖 Hu De) Gn 6:3 בְּשַׁגַּם הוּא בָשָׂר because that he also is flesh; but v. שָׁגַג" dir="rtl" >שָׁגַג. b. כְּשֶׁ·, i.q. כַּאֲשֶׁר p. 455:—(a) according as Ec 5:14; 12:7; (b) when (so often NH, as Ab 1:8(×3), 14) 9:12; 10:3. c. מִשֶּׁ·, i.q. מֵאֲשֶׁר a (p. 84a), 2 K 6:11 מִי מִשֶּׁלָּנוּ who of those that are ours? (but Klo Kamp Kau Benz מְגַלֵּנוּ who betrays us? cf. 𝔊); Ec 5:4 than that (cf. מֵאֲשֶׁר 3:22), + 2:24 (read מִשֶּׁיֹּאכַל with Ew De, etc.; cf. 3:22). d. שֶׁל, like אֲשֶׁר לְ (אֲשֶׁר 7 b), a mark of the genit.: thrice, adding slight emph. to the sf., Ct 1:6 = 8:12 כַּרְמִי שֶׁלִּי my vineyard (lit. my vineyard, which is mine), 3:7 מִטָּתוֹ שֶׁלִּשְׁלֹמֹה (so often in NH, but without any special emphasis, as Aboth 1:12 הֲוֵי מתלמידיו שׁל־אהרן be of Aaron’s disciples, 2:1 שְׂכָרָן שֶׁל־מִצְוֹת, v 2, 3:2 הֲרֵי מתפלל בשׁלומהּ שׁל־מלכות; cf. ܕܺܝܠ in Syriac, as Lk 6:42 ܡܶܠܱܵܝ ܕܺܝܠܝ my words, Nö§ 225). And with בְּ, בְּשֶׁל lit. through that which belongs to or concerns, pleon. for on account of (a late, unidiom. transl. of Aramaic בְּדִיל, from בְּ, דִּי, and לְ, as in Onḳ Gn 12:13 בדילי on my account, 30:27; 39:5 בְּדִיל יוֹסֵף, בְּדִיל מָא on account of what? Ju 8:1; 2 S 9:1; 1 K 11:12, 39, etc.), Jon 1:7 בְּשֶׁלְּמִי on account of whom? (‖ v 8 בַּאֲשֶׁר לְמִי: v. p. 84; prob. a gloss), v 12 בְּשֶׁלִּי on account of me (𝔗 בְּדִיל מַן, בְּדִילִי); Ec 8:17 בְּשֶׁל אֲשֶׁר יַעֲמֹל הָאָדָם לְבַקֵּשׁ on account of (the fact) that (= seeing that) man labours, etc. (unidiom. transl. of Aramaic בְּדִיל דְּ because that, as Gn 6:3 בְּדִיל דְּאִינוּן בִּסְרָא, 39:9 בְּדִיל דְ��אַתְּ אִיתְּתֵיהּ [for Heb. בַּאֲשֶׁר אַתְּ אִשְׁתּוֹ]; Palm. בדיל די Ldzb233,—in Tariff 1:4 (CookeN.-Sem. Inscr. 320) = ἐπειδή).

Included with: διό, conjunction, for δι᾽ ὅ, wherefore, on which account, Refs 5th c.BC+; διὸ καί, διὸ δὴ καί, Refs διόπερ Refs 5th c.BC+

καί τοι, and indeed, and further, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ with one or more words between, Refs 8th c.BC+; καὶ τἆλλά τοι Refs 8th c.BC+ __II after Refs 8th c.BC+ usually, and yet, to mark an objection introduced by the speaker himself, frequently in Rhetorical questions, καίτοι τί φημ; Refs 4th c.BC+; κ. τί φων; Refs 5th c.BC+: without a question, κ. φύγοιμ᾽ ἄν Refs 5th c.BC+ is falsa lectio in Refs 4th c.BC+; so καίτοι περ variant in Refs 5th c.BC+ __III with a participle, much like{καίπερ}, Refs 5th c.BC+: once in the Attic dialect Oratt., Refs 5th c.BC+

τοιγάρ, an inferential Particle, therefore, accordingly, well then, κέλεαί με.. μυθήσασθαι μῆνιν Ἀπόλλωνος.. · τοιγὰρ ἐγὼν ἐρέω Refs 8th c.BC+; rare in Comedy texts Refs 5th c.BC+; never in Attic dialect Prose. __II strengthened by other Particles, τοιγαροῦν, Ionic dialect τοιγαρῶν, for that very reason, therefore, Refs 5th c.BC+; also in Poets, as Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.2 τοιγάρτοι, Refs 5th c.BC+; rare in Poets, Refs 8th c.BC+ and τοι, τοιγὰρ ἐγώ τοι Refs 8th c.BC+ —These forms must begin the sentence, except in late Gr., where τοιγαροῦν may be postponed, as Refs 2nd c.AD+

† אַחְלָ֑י n.pr. (DlPr 210 trans. O! would that! (cf. אַחְלַי sub iii. אָח supr. p. 25) § comp. interjectional Bab. name Aḫulapia, O! that I at last! ZimBP 116; cf. Ol§ 277; otherwise HalJAS 7, x. 360) 1. f. daughter of Sheshan 1 Ch 2:31; so Be Öt al. in view of v 34. 2. m. father of one of David’s mighty men (not in 2 S 23) 1 Ch 11:41.

† אַחֲלַי ψ 119:5 and אַחֲלֵי 2 K 5:3 (perhaps from אָח iii. and לַי = Aramaic לְוַי = לוּ: the varying punctuation is due doubtless to the word being treated by the punctuators as a subst. = wish, with suff. & in c. st., ‘my wish is that,’ etc.; cf. Ki on ψ 119 תְּחִנּוֹתַי וּבַקָּשׁוֹתַי), ah that! (𝔊 ὄφελον).

† אִלּוּ conj. (often in Mishnah; Aramaic אִילּוּ, ܐܶܠܘܽ, ࠀࠋࠅ: from אִין, ܐܶܢ, and לוּ) if, though, only in late Heb., Ec 6:6 Est 7:4.

† II. [גַּד] 1. n.[m.] fortune, good fortune (Arabic جَدٌّ id., Aramaic גַּדָּא, ܓܰܕܳܐ )—Gn 30:11 בּגד Kt, i.e. בְּגָד (בָּא גָד֑ Qr), 𝔊 ἐν τύχῃ, by or with good fortune. 2. n.pr.m. god of fortune (Arabic جَدّ WeSkizzen iii. 171; גד named often in Ph. & Aramaic inscript., & found in Ph. & Aramaic n.pr., BaeRel 76 f. NöZMG 1888, 479; v. especially SiegfJPTh 1875, 356 ff.)—c. לְ + art. לַגַּד Is 65:11 cf. Che.

† הֵא interj. (Aramaic הָא, Dn 2:43 הֵא (q.v.), ܗܳܐ; Arabic هَا ) lo, behold! Gn 47:23 Ez 16:43.

† שִׁילֹה Gn 49:10, appar. n., but prob. = שֶׁלּוֹ he whose it is, or that which belongs to him, v. infra; views are: (1) שִׁיל (= שָׁלִיל, NH embryo, + sf. הֹ—= his son, 𝔗 Jer Rabb Calv); (2) שִׁלוּ, שִׁילוֹ n.pr.loc. (q.v.) Herder De and most (until recently); (3) n.pr. of Messiah, AV RV Münster (1534) on basis of Talm Sanh 98b; groundless; (4) Jer שׁלה = שָׁלֻחַ, qui mittendus est; (5) שֶׁלֹּה = לוֹ + שֶׁ, 𝔗Onk whose is the kingdom, 𝔖 whose it is, so Aphr Ephr. 𝔊 ἕως ἂν ἔλθῃ τὰ ἀποκείμενα αὐτῷ (Codd. ᾧ ἀπόκειται); so Sam. שלה, cf. עֵד־בֹּא אֲשֶׁר לוֹ הַמִּשְׁפָּט Ez 21:32, Aq Sym Theod Saad; this reading best, but exact transl. not certain; v. DrJPhil. xiv (1885), 1 ff. Gn. 418 ff. BrMP 95 ff., Intr. 238 ff. PoznańskiSchiloh (1904).

δήποτε, indefinite adverb (better written δή ποτε), Ionic dialect δήκοτε, Doric dialect δήποκα, at some time, once upon a time, Refs 8th c.BC+; at length, Refs 4th c.BC+ __2 εἰ δή ποτε if ever, Refs 8th c.BC+ __3 with interrogative, τί δή ποτ; what in the world? what or why now? καίτοι τί δή ποτ; Refs 4th c.BC+; πόσοι δή ποτ᾽ εἰσὶν οἱ..; how many do you suppose? Refs __4 especially frequently with relatives, ὅτι δή κοτε πράξαντα Refs 5th c.BC+; ὅτι δή ποτε whatever it may be, 'so-and-so', Refs 4th c.BC+; οἷος δή ποτ᾽ οὖν variant in Refs 1st c.AD+; also δή ποτ᾽ οὖν without relative, κατὰ πρεσβείαν ἢ κατ᾽ ἄλλην δ. χρείαν Refs

ἔᾱ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect for ἦν, imperfect of εἰμί. ἔᾱγα, ἐάγην [ᾰ], see at {ἄγνυμι}. ἔακεν· ἀλγεῖ, Refs 5th c.AD+ ἕᾱδα, participle ἑᾱδώς, see at {ἁνδάνω}. ἐάλη, see at {εἴλω}. ἐαλόν· λυπηρόν, λυτήριον, Refs 5th c.AD+ ἑάλωκα, ἑαλώκειν, see at {ἁλίσκομαι}.

Included with: ἐπεί, conjunction, both temporal and causal; also ἐπειδή, ἐπείτε. OF TIME (ἐπειδή is more frequently in this sense in Prose), after that, since, when, from Refs 8th c.BC+ __I with Ind., __I.1 of a definite occurrence in past time, mostly with aorist, ἐπεί π᾽ εὔξαντο after they had prayed, Refs 8th c.BC+after Refs 5th c.BC+: rarely with imperfect, ἐπειδὴ εἱστιώμεθ᾽ Refs 5th c.BC+pluperfect, ἐπειδὴ ἐξηπάτησθε.. after you had been deceived.., Refs 4th c.BC+; but generally the aorist is found, the pluperfect being used only for special emphasis: with imperfect to express an action not yet complete, ἐπεὶ ὑπηντίαζεν ἡ φάλαγξ καὶ ἡ σάλπιγξ ἐφθέγξατο after the phalanx began to advance and the trumpet had sounded, Refs 5th c.BC+ __I.2 with implied reference to some later time, ἐ. or ἐπειδή, ={ἐξ οὗ}, from the time when, since, mostly with aorist, πολλὰ πλάγχθη, ἐ. ἔπερσε Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπείτε παρέλαβον τὸν θρόνον, τοῦτο ἐφρόντιζον ever since I came to the throne, I had this in mind, Refs 5th c.BC+present (used in perfect sense) and perfect, ἐ. δὲ φροῦδός ἐστι στρατός since the army is gone, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπείτε ὑπὸ τῷ Πέρσῃ εἰσί, πεπόνθασι τοιόνδε ever since they have been, now that they are.., Refs 5th c.BC+ __II with Subj., ἄν being always added in Attic dialect Prose, and ἄν or κε generally in Poetry: ἐπεί with ἄν becomes ἐπήν (so in Comedy texts, Refs 5th c.BC+, Ionic dialect ἐπεάν Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.1 referring to future time with future apodosis, τέκνα ἄξομεν.. ἐπὴν πτολίεθρον ἕλωμεν when we shall have taken the city, Refs 8th c.BC+; ταῦτ᾽, ἐπειδὰν περὶ τοῦ γένους εἴπω, τότ᾽ ἐρῶ I will speak of this, when I have spoken.., Refs 8th c.BC+; χρὴ δέ, ὅταν μὲν τιθῆσθε τοὺς νόμους,.. σκοπεῖν, ἐπειδὰν δὲ θῆσθε, φυλάττειν whenever you are enacting your laws,.. and after you have enacted them.., Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2 of repeated action, with a present apodosis, whenever, when once, δαμνᾷ, ἐ. κε λίπῃ ὀστέα θυμός Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπειδὰν ἡ ἐκφορὰ ᾖ.. ἄγουσι whenever the burial takes place they bring, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπειδὰν κρύψωσι γῇ.. λέγει when they have covered them with earth, Refs κε in Poets, ἐ. ἂρ βλέφαρ᾽ ἀμφικαλύψῃ Refs 8th c.BC+ __II.3 like Refs 4th c.BC+ within ten days from the passing of the resolution, Refs __III with Opt. (without ἄν): __III.1 referring to future time, ἐπειδὴ πρὸς τὸ φῶς ἔλθοι, ὁρᾶν οὐδ᾽ ἂν ἓν δύνασθαι (i.e. οὐκ οἴει); after he had come into the light.., Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.2 more frequently of repeated action, with a past apodosis, ἐ. ζεύξειεν.., δησάσκετο Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.3 in indirect speech after past tenses, representing a subjunctive in direct speech, αὐτὸς δὲ ἐπεὶ διαβαίης, ἀπιέναι ἔφησθα (the direct form being ἐπὴν διαβῶ) Refs 5th c.BC+; after optative in a final clause, ἐπορεύοντο, ὅπως ἐπειδὴ γένοιντο ἐπὶ τῷ ποταμῷ.. ἴοιεν Refs 5th c.BC+ __III.4 by assimilation to optative in principal clause, ἦ τ᾽ ἂν.. νῦν μὲν ἀνώγοιμι πτολεμίζειν.. ἐπὴν τεισαίμεθα λώβην Refs 8th c.BC+ __III.5 ἐπειδάν with optative is falsa lectio in some passages of early authors, as Refs 5th c.BC+: found in later Gr., Refs 1st c.BC+ __IV with Inf., only in indirect speech, ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ σχολὴν σκέψασθαι, κόπτεσθαι (i.e. ἔφη) Refs 5th c.BC+ __V with other words: __V.1 ἐ. τάχιστα as soon as, frequently separated by a word, ἐ. ἦλθε τάχιστα,.. ἀπέδοτο Refs 5th c.BC+ __V.1.b ἐ. τὰ πρῶτα Refs 8th c.BC+ __V.2 with emphatic Particles, ἐπεὶ ἄρα when then, in continuing a narrative, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπεὶ οὖν when then, in resuming a narrative, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B CAUSAL (ἐπεί more frequently in this sense in early Prose: ἐπειδή whereas is used in preambles of decrees, Refsinasmuch as, NT.Luke.1.1), since, seeing that, frequently from Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.1 with Ind. (after both present and past tenses), ἐ. οὐδὲ ἔοικε Refs 8th c.BC+; frequently with past tenses with ἄν, ἐπεὶ οὔποτ᾽ ἂν στόλον ἐπλεύσατ᾽ ἄν Refs 8th c.BC+; οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοντά γε εἷλέν μ᾽· ἐπεὶ οὐδ᾽ ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἔχοντ᾽ (i.e. εἷλεν) Refs 5th c.BC+: especially in the sense, for otherwise.., Refs 5th c.BC+future, ἐξέστω δὲ μηδενὶ.. τεθῆναι.., ἐ. ἀποδώσει.. otherwise he shall pay.., Refs for teach me, Refs 5th c.BC+: with an interrogative, ἐ. πῶς ἂν καλέσεια; for how would you call him? Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.2 with Opt., ἐ. ἂν μάλα τοι σχεδὸν ἔλθοι Refs 8th c.BC+; so after past tenses on the principle of indirect speech, ἐπείπερ ἡγήσαιντο since (as they said) they believed, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.3 with Inf. in indirect speech, ἐ. γιγνώσκειν γε αὐτά Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4 in elliptical expressions, ἀδύνατός [εἰμι], ἐ. ἐβουλόμην ἂν οἷός τ᾽ εἶναι I am unable (and yet I am sorry), for I should like to have the power, Refs 5th c.BC+; so εἶμι· ἐ. καὶ ταῦτ᾽ ἂν ἴσως οὐκ ἀηδῶς σου ἤκουον Refsand yet, although, compare Refs 4th c.BC+; ἐ. ὅ γε ἀποθανὼν πελάτης τις ἦν ἐμός and yet (moreover) the murdered man was my own hired man, Refs 5th c.BC+ __B.4.b sometimes after a vocative, where 'listen' may be supplied, Ἕκτορ, ἐ. με κατ᾽ αἶσαν ἐνείκεσας Refs 8th c.BC+ __B.5 with other Particles, ἐ. ἄρα, ἐ. ἂρ δή since then, Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐ. γε (ἐπεί.. γε Refs 8th c.BC+ since indeed, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐπειδή γεRefs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. ἦ since in truth, ἐ. ἦ πολὺ φέρτερόν ἐστι Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπείπερ (ἐ... περ Refs 8th c.BC+; ἐπειδήπερ in Comedy texts and Prose, Refs 5th c.BC+; ἐ. τοι since surely, Refs 8th c.BC+ sometimes begins a verse in Refs 8th c.BC+; sometimes coalesces by synizesis with οὐ, οὐδέ, etc., Refs 5th c.BC+

ἤτοι: __I ={ἦτοι}, Refs 8th c.BC+ __II ={ἤ τοι}, see at {ἤ} (A).

Related to: καί τοι, and indeed, and further, frequently in Refs 8th c.BC+ with one or more words between, Refs 8th c.BC+; καὶ τἆλλά τοι Refs 8th c.BC+ __II after Refs 8th c.BC+ usually, and yet, to mark an objection introduced by the speaker himself, frequently in Rhetorical questions, καίτοι τί φημ; Refs 4th c.BC+; κ. τί φων; Refs 5th c.BC+: without a question, κ. φύγοιμ᾽ ἄν Refs 5th c.BC+ is falsa lectio in Refs 4th c.BC+; so καίτοι περ variant in Refs 5th c.BC+ __III with a participle, much like{καίπερ}, Refs 5th c.BC+: once in the Attic dialect Oratt., Refs 5th c.BC+

οὐκοῦν, Doric dialect οὐκῶν, adverb, composed, like{οὔκουν}, of οὐκ and οὖν, but differing in meaning and accent,Refs 2nd c.AD+ __I in questions, inviting assent to an inference, or to an addition to what has already received assent, οὐκοῦν δοκεῖ σοι.. ; you think then, do you not, that.. ? Refs 5th c.BC+subjunctive, οὐκοῦν καὶ ἄλλους σε φῶμεν δυνατὸν εἶναι ποιεῖν (i.e. ῥήτορας ἀγαθούς) ; Refs when a negative answer is invited, οὐκοῦν οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ μὴ λυπεῖσθαί ποτε ταὐτὸν τῷ χαίρειν ;Refs; οὐκοῦν οὐδ᾽ ἂν εἷς ἀντείποι ; Refs 4th c.BC+ __II in affirmative sentences, surely then, οὐκοῦν, εἰ ταῦτα ἀληθῆ, πολλὴ ἐλπὶς ἀφικομένῳ οἷ ἐγὼ πορεύομαι Refs 5th c.BC+subjunctive or imperative, οὐκοῦν διδάσκωμεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ μὴ λοιδορῶμεν let us teach him, then, Refs; οὐκοῦν.. ἱκανῶς ἐχέτω let this then suffice, Refs 5th c.BC+: with a prohibition, οὐκοῦν μὴ.. αὐτομολήσῃς Refs 4th c.BC+; οὐκοῦν ὑπόλοιπον δουλεύειν slavery, then, is the only alternative, Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2 in replies, very well, yes, ἴωμεν.. Answ. οὐκοῦν ἐπειδὰν πνεῦμα τοὐκ πρῴρας ἀνῇ, τότε στελοῦμεν Refs 5th c.BC+; ἀμηχάνων ἐρᾷς. Answ. οὐκοῦν, ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι Refs; ἥξει γὰρ αὐτά, κἂν ἐγὼ σιγῇ στέγω. Answ. οὐκοῦν ἅ γ᾽ ἥξει καὶ σὲ χρὴ λέγειν ἐμοί Refs; ἀπόλωλας, ὦ κακόδαιμον. Answ. οὐκοῦν, ἢν λάχω Refs 5th c.BC+; ἴθι δὴ σκεψώμεθα.. Answ. οὐκοῦν χρή yes, let us do so, Refs 5th c.BC+; surely, οὐκοῦν τρύγοιπος ταῦτα πάντ᾽ ἰάσεται Refs 5th c.BC+

πότερος, α, ον; Ionic dialect κότερος, η, ον: whether of the two? both in direct and indirect questions; once in Refs 8th c.BC+: sometimes the two objects referred to follow in apposition, ἐρωτώσης τῆς μητρός, π. καλλίων.. δοκεῖ εἶναι, ὁ πατὴρ ἢ οὗτος Refs 5th c.BC+; modified by τις, Refs; repeated in the same sentence, πότερος ποτερου φίλος γίγνετα; Refs __II neuter πότερον and πότερα (interchangeable, πότερον δέδρακεν ἢ οὔ, καὶ πότερ᾽ ἄκων ἢ ἑκώ; Refs 5th c.BC+ adverb at the beginning of an interrogative sentence containing two alternative propositions, the second being connected by ἤ.., whether.. or, __II.a in direct questions, Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.b in indirect questions, ἐπείρεσθαι κότερα τὴν ἑωυτοῦ ἢ τὴν Κύρου λέγοι ἀρχήν Refs 5th c.BC+ precedes the common Verb, π. βούλοιτο μένειν ἢ ἀπιένα; Refs __II.2 sometimes a third clause (with ἤ) is inaccurately added, κότερα παρὰ δήμου ἢ ὀλιγαρχίης ἢ μουνάρχο; Refs 5th c.BC+; and a fourth, Refs __II.3 the second alternative is sometimes left to be supplied, πότερα δὴ κερτομῶν λέγεις τάδε (i.e. ἢ μή..); Refs 5th c.BC+ __II.4 πότερον is sometimes omitted in the first clause, ἐπισκέψασθαι.., ὀρθὴ ἢ ψευδής Refs __II.5 in affirmative sentences, π.. ἤ, either.. or, Refs 1st c.AD+ __III indefinite, one of other, either of the two, τί οὐ λέγει π. ὑμῶ; Refs 5th c.BC+; ἅτεροι πότεροι, ={ὁποτεροιοῦν}, Refs 3rd c.BC+ would make it oxytone ποτερός, ά, o/n. __IV adverb ποτέρως, see entry (I.-Refs 5th c.BC+ q[uglide]o-tero-s, cf. Sanskrit katarás, Gothic hwapar 'which of two?')

πρᾱν-ής, ές, Ionic dialect πρηνής (also in Refs 4th c.BC+, genitive έος, Attic dialect contraction οῦς:—of posture, with the face downwards, lying on the front, falling forwards, opposed to ὕπτιος, πρηνεῖς τε καὶ ὕπτιοι ἔκπεσον ἵππων Refs 8th c.BC+; πρηνέα.. τανύσσας [ἝκτοραRefsheadlong down, NT (perhaps ={πρησθείς} becoming distended); ἐπὶ τὸ πρηνὲς ῥέπειν incline towards pronation, Refs 5th c.BC+; of the arm and hand, with the palm downwards, variant in Refs; opposed to ὕπτιος, Refs 4th c.BC+; of ἀστράγαλοι, ὀρθοὶ πίπτοντες ἢ πρηνεῖς Refs 2nd c.AD+; of seeds, hollow side downwards, Refs 4th c.BC+; of a ship, bottom upwards, implied in Refs 1st c.AD+ __II of parts of animals or man, that part which is uppermost and visible when the animal or man is in the πρανής position (the normal one for a quadruped), the back part, τὰ τετράποδα.. ἐν τοῖς ὑπτίοις οὐκ ἔ χει τὰς τρίχας, ἀλλ᾽ ἐν τοῖς πρανέσι μᾶλλον· οἱ δ᾽ ἄνθρωποι τοὐναντίον ἐν τοῖς ὑπτίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἐν τοῖς πρανέσιν Refs 4th c.BC+ __II.2 of leaves and of the hand, the back or 'wrong' side, τὰς ἶνας καὶ τὰς φλέβας ἐν τοῖς π. ἔχουσιν ὥσπερ ἡ χείρ Refs 4th c.BC+ (misunderstood as the opposite by Refs 1st c.AD+ __III of the sides of hills, πρὸς ἄναντες καὶ κατὰ πρανοῦς καὶ πλάγια ἐλαύνειν down hill, Refs 5th c.BC+; τὸ π., opposed to τὸ ὄρθιον, Refs __III.2 convex, Refs 4th c.BC+

[אַו] n.m. cstr. אוֹ, Kt Pr 31:4 desire, so Thes MV; but אֵי q.v.

† הָא demonstr. part. lo! behold! (BH הֵא (twice); Egyptian Aramaic and Têma הא (Cooke 195, 198); 𝔗 הָא; Syriac ܗܳܐ; Mand. הא (NöM 81); Arabic هَا: in Aramaic also often prefixed to pr. 3 ps. for greater definiteness, as 𝔗 הָהוּא, ܗܰܘ (for hā-hū), v. NöM 89 f. WCG 106 f.), Dn 3:25.

† הֵא demonstr. part., prefixed idiom. to כְּ for greater definiteness, lit. behold like (BH הֵא, v. הָא supr.), only in הֵא־כְדִי Dn 2:43 הֵא־כְדִי פַרְזְלָא לָא מִתְעָרַב like as iron doth not mingle with clay (cf.a. 𝔗O הָא כְמַוָּא Gn 49:4, so 𝔗jor הא כ׳ Is 5:28; 9:4 + often; 𝔗Jer הֵי כ׳ Gn 26:4, 18, 22 + often; הֵיךְ ψ 2:9; 5:10, 13 +, also pleon. הֵיךְ כְּ׳ ψ 22:14, 15, 17 + often b. Palm. הֵיךְ as (Lzb259), as היך בנמוסא as (is) in the law (Cooke321; so 𝔗Jer ψ 2:9, etc.), הֵיךְ דִּי conj. (like Dn הֵא כְדִי: = Heb. כַּאֲשֶׁר), as היך די גבא like as he levied, Cooke Tariff ii. b 12. 18, c 14. 17. 21. 26 [𝔗O Jon for כַּאֲשֶׁר have כְּמָא דְ׳, 𝔗Jer הֵיכְמָא דְ׳, 𝔖 ܐܰܝܟ ܕ]. It is dub. whether הֵא כְדִי belongs to a (notice especially 𝔗Jon) or b: Schulth ZAW 1902, 164 f. to b, reading הֵאךְ דִּי (but א rare and late: D§ 45. 1); NesOLtz. 1892, 488 from הֵיךְ (v. BH) how?). הַב v. יְהַב.

† II. כִּי n.[m.] burning, branding (for form, cf. רִי from רָוָה, אִי, צִי, עִי: Köii. 1. 64)—only כִּי תַּחַת יֹ֑פִי Is 3:24 branding instead of beauty, in judgment on women of Jerusalem.

—

† מִשְׁעִי n.f. (? = מִשְׁעִית cf. Thes Sm) cleansing, only לֹא רֻחַצְתְּ לְמ׳ Ez 16:4 thou wast not washed for cleansing (cf. 𝔗 Thes and Add98 Sm RV al.; 𝔙 ad salutem, as if from ישׁע; 𝔊 om., and so Co Be SS, cf. Buhl; form strange, and word at best dub.)

† [רָאֶה] adj. seeing, assumed by Thes al. to explain cstr. וּרְאֵה עָנְיִי Jb 10:15, but improb.; Mass. appar. intended Imv. (unsuitable); Ew al. וְרֹאֵה; Di Bu Du (After Lag Gei) רְוֵה עֹ֑נִי drenched (i.e. sated) with affliction.